Upload
others
View
5
Download
0
Embed Size (px)
Citation preview
HIGH PERFORMANCE WORK SYSTEMS
AND EMPLOYEE INNOVATIVE BEHAVIOUR
DOCTORAL THESIS
PRESENTED BY:
Naiara Escriba Carda
SUPERVISED BY: Dr. Mª Teresa Canet Giner
Dr. Francisco Balbastre Benavent
Valencia, 2015
DOCTORAL THESIS
High Performance work systems and employee
innovative behaviour
Presented by:
Naiara Escriba Carda
Supervised by:
Valencia, 2015
© 2015 Naiara Escriba Carda
Dr. Mª Teresa Canet Giner
Dr. Francisco Balbastre Benavent
Departamento de Dirección de Empresas
‘Juan José Renau Piqueras’
Universitat de València
To my Mother
AGRADECIMIENTOS
Quisiera aprovechar estas líneas para agradecer a todas las personas e
instituciones que han ayudado a que este trabajo de varios años se haya hecho
realidad. Son muchas las personas que han estado apoyándome en esta
aventura y dándome fuerzas en los momentos más difíciles y también
acompañándome en los momentos agradables que he tenido durante la
realización de este trabajo.
En primer lugar agradecer a la Universidad de Valencia, en concreto al
Programa “Ajudes per a la formació de personal investigador de caràcter
predoctoral, en el marc del Subprograma Atracció de Talent de VLC-
CAMPUS”, la financiación recibida que ha hecho posible el desarrollo de esta
investigación. También agradecer a Nottingham Trent University,
concretamente a Nottingham Business School, por haberme acogido en mis
diversas estancias en el Reino Unido. En concreto a la Profesora Helen Shipton
por su amabilidad y disponibilidad para ayudarme. Agradecer a la Universidad
Carlos III de Madrid, específicamente a la sección departamental de
Organización de Empresas. A Fernando, Jaime, Celia y demás compañeros por
haberme dado cobijo en esta última fase de la Tesis. Por último, pero no menos
importante, al Departamento de Dirección de Empresas “Juan José Renau
Piqueras” de la Universidad de Valencia por la formación y apoyo que me han
ofrecido durante estos años.
En segundo lugar, desatacar la labor de mis directores de tesis, Paco y Teresa,
que tanto tiempo han estado apoyándome y brindándome sus sabios consejos
tanto en el ámbito académico como en el personal. Agradecer a ambos su
disponibilidad, el haber aguantado mis momentos de agobio, por darme
siempre palabras de ánimo y por haber estimulado mi inquietud investigadora
y de mejora continua. Gracias a los dos por haber confiado en mi capacidad en
todo momento y por haberme transmitido seguridad, todo esto ha hecho
posible que hoy esté escribiendo estas palabras. También agradecer a mi
director de la Beca, Pepe Pla por haber confiado en mí y haber estado siempre
ahí para ayudarme y haberme dado siempre los mejores consejos.
Por otra parte quisiera mostrar mi gratitud a diversos profesores y compañer@s
que han estado a mi lado durante el desarrollo de este trabajo. En concreto a
Lorenzo por haberme guiado y estimulado a que siguiera este camino. A
Joaquín Aldás, por estar siempre disponible para ayudarme a resolver mis
problemas metodológicos. A Ana, Marimen, Marian, Manu, Rafa, Ximo A.,
Ximo C., Tasio y Víctor, por haberme atendido y ayudado siempre en lo que he
necesitado. A mis mejores compañeras y amigas Cristina, Marta y Ana. Que os
voy a decir a vosotras, gracias por darme siempre los mejores consejos, por
haber secado mis lágrimas en los momentos de tristeza y por los momentos de
risas y alegrías que hemos compartido, ¡os quiero mucho! También agradecer a
Ronald y José Luis el tiempo que hemos compartido en el departamento, y por
haberme ayudado siempre sin condiciones. Asimismo, agradecer a Jorge,
Anabel, José Vicente, Virginia y el resto de compañeros del departamento por
los buenos momentos vividos. Sin todos vosotros esta tarea hubiera resultado
muy difícil.
También quiero mostrar mi gratitud a mi familia y a mi pareja. Gràcies mamà
per escoltarme i recolzar-me, per estar sempre al meu costat a pesar d’estar
lluny en la distància, pels grans valors que m’has inculcat, per incentivar que
continuara estudiant, eres la millor mare que es pot tindre. Gràcies al meu pare,
a les meues germanes i cunyats per donar-me sempre ànims i saber sempre
traure’m un somriure. Gràcies familia pel vostre amor incondicional, per estar
sempre al meu costat i donar-me forçes per a continuar. Por último quisiera
agradecer a David, mi compañero de viaje, gracias por creer siempre en mí y
por haberme acompañado en esta aventura del doctorado. Gracias sobre todo
por entender las horas infinitas que he tenido que dedicar a este trabajo; sin tu
apoyo no hubiera sido posible.
I
TABLE OF CONTENTS
CHAPTER 1: GENERAL INTRODUCTION .......................................................................... 1
1.1 INTRODUCTION ............................................................................................... 3
1.2 JUSTIFICATION AND THESIS GENERAL GOALS ....................................... 5
1.3 THESIS STRUCTURE ........................................................................................ 6
1.4 REFERENCES .................................................................................................. 11
CHAPTER 2: GENERAL THEORETICAL FRAMEWORK ............................................. 15
2.1 GOALS AND CONTENT OF THE CHAPTER ................................................ 17
2.2 HUMAN RESOURCE MANAGEMENT ......................................................... 17
2.2.1 General Conceptualisation ............................................................................ 17
2.2.2 HRM models and perspectives ....................................................................... 18
2.2.3 Why High Performance Work Systems? ........................................................ 21
2.2.4 What is a HPWS? Conceptualisation and content ......................................... 23
2.2.5 HRM process .................................................................................................. 25
2.2.6 HRM process and Attribution Theory ............................................................ 28
2.2.7 How do HPWS work? .................................................................................... 31
2.2.8 AMO Framework and its relationship to HRM content and process ............. 33
2.3 EMPLOYEE ATTITUDES AND BEHAVIOURS AND ITS RELATIONSHIP
TO INDIVIDUAL OUTCOMES ................................................................................... 35
2.3.1 Innovative Behaviour ..................................................................................... 37
2.3.2 Employee Work Engagement ......................................................................... 40
2.3.3 Knowledge Sharing and Exploratory Learning ............................................. 44
2.3.3.1 Knowledge sharing ................................................................................ 45
2.3.3.2 Exploratory Learning ............................................................................. 49
2.1 CONCLUSIONS OF THE GENERAL THEORETICAL FRAMEWORK ....... 50
2.2 REFERENCES .................................................................................................. 52
CHAPTER 3: GENERAL METHODOLOGY ....................................................................... 75
3.1 INTRODUCTION OF THE GENERAL METHODOLOGY ............................ 77
3.2 SAMPLE CONTEXT AND DATA COLLECTION ......................................... 77
3.2.1 Context of Researchers’ sample ..................................................................... 77
3.2.2 Knowledge intensive workers......................................................................... 80
3.3 AFRICAN CONTEXT: CHARACTERISTICS OF NIGERIA AND
TANZANIA ................................................................................................................... 81
3.4 DATA COLLECTION ...................................................................................... 83
3.5 RESEARCH TOOL ........................................................................................... 83
3.6 STATISTICAL TECHNIQUES USED ............................................................. 85
3.6.1 Multiple Regression Analysis ......................................................................... 85
3.6.2 Structural Equation Modelling ...................................................................... 86
3.7 REFERENCES .................................................................................................. 87
II
CHAPTER 4: HPWS & KNOWLEDGE SHARING AS DRIVING FORCES FOR
IB: A MICRO PERSPECTIVE ............................................................................................... 91
4.1 INTRODUCTION .............................................................................................. 93
4.2 THEORETICAL FRAMEWORK ...................................................................... 95
4.2.1 Knowledge sharing behaviour and its relationship to innovative behaviour . 95
4.2.2 HPWS as drivers of knowledge sharing behaviour ........................................ 96
4.2.3 The mediating role of knowledge sharing in the relationship between HPWS
and Innovative Behaviour .......................................................................................... 99
4.3 RESEARCH METHODOLOGY ..................................................................... 100
4.3.1 Sample .......................................................................................................... 100
4.3.2 Measurement scales ..................................................................................... 101
4.3.3 Common Method Variance Test ................................................................... 101
4.3.4 Descriptives .................................................................................................. 102
4.3.5 Data analysis ................................................................................................ 102
4.4 RESULTS ......................................................................................................... 104
4.5 DISCUSSION AND IMPLICATIONS ............................................................ 107
4.6 CONCLUSIONS .............................................................................................. 109
4.7 REFERENCES ................................................................................................. 111
CHAPTER 5: EMPLOYEE PERCEPTIONS OF HPWS AND INNOVATIVE
BEHAVIOUR. THE ROLE OF EXPLORATORY LEARNING ...................................... 119
5.1 INTRODUCTION ............................................................................................ 121
5.2 THEORETICAL REVIEW .............................................................................. 123
5.2.1 HPWS perception and employees’ innovative behaviour............................. 123
5.2.2 Employee perceptions of HPWS and its impact on exploratory learning and
IB. ……………………………………………………………………………………….126
5.3 RESEARCH METHODOLOGY ..................................................................... 128
5.3.1 Sample and data collection .......................................................................... 128
5.3.2 Measurement scales ..................................................................................... 128
5.4 ANALYSIS AND RESULTS ........................................................................... 129
5.4.1 Descriptive analysis ..................................................................................... 129
5.4.2 Evaluating the measurement model .............................................................. 130
5.4.3 The structural model .................................................................................... 131
5.5 RESULTS ......................................................................................................... 132
5.6 CONCLUSIONS AND IMPLICATIONS........................................................ 134
5.7 REFERENCES ................................................................................................. 138
CHAPTER 6: HPWS, WORK ENGAGEMENT AND INNOVATIVE
BEHAVIOUR: INSIGHTS FROM TANZANIA AND NIGERIA ..................................... 147
6.1 INTRODUCTION ............................................................................................ 149
6.2 THEORETICAL REVIEW .............................................................................. 151
6.2.1 High performance work systems as drivers of innovative behaviours ......... 151
6.2.2 The role of HR Process in the relationship between HPWS and IB ............. 154
6.2.3 The role of work engagement in the relationship between HPWS and IB.... 156
6.3 METHOD ......................................................................................................... 158
6.3.1 Sample .......................................................................................................... 158
III
6.3.2 Measures ...................................................................................................... 159
6.3.3 Common Method Variance Test ................................................................... 160
6.4 ANALYSIS AND RESULTS .......................................................................... 160
6.4.1 Descriptives.................................................................................................. 160
6.4.2 Data Analysis ............................................................................................... 161
6.5 RESULTS ........................................................................................................ 164
6.6 DISCUSSION AND CONCLUSION .............................................................. 167
6.7 REFERENCES ................................................................................................ 173
CHAPTER 7: GENERAL THESIS CONCLUSIONS ......................................................... 185
7.1 INTRODUCTION ........................................................................................... 187
7.1.1 Conclusions on Chapter 4: HPWS & Knowledge Sharing as driving forces
for IB: a micro perspective ..................................................................................... 187_
7.1.2 Conclusions on Chapter 5: Employee perceptions of HPWS and Innovative
Behaviour. The role of Exploratory Learning ......................................................... 188
7.1.3 Conclusions on Chapter 6: HPWS, Work Engagement and Innovative
Behaviour: Insights from Tanzania And Nigeria ..................................................... 189
7.2 GENERAL DISCUSSION AND CONTRIBUTIONS .................................... 190
7.3 ACADEMIC AND PRACTICAL IMPLICATIONS ....................................... 192
7.4 LIMITATIONS AND FUTURE RESEARCH ................................................ 193
7.5 REFERENCES ................................................................................................ 195
SUMMARY .............................................................................................................................. 199
RESUMEN ............................................................................................................................... 203
APPENDICES .......................................................................................................................... 209
IV
V
LIST OF TABLES
TABLE 3.1. PDI PER CAMPUS ................................................................................................ 79
TABLE 3.2. METHODOLOGIES EMPLOYED THOROUGH THE STUDIES ...................... 86
TABLE 4.1. ANALYSIS OF CORRELATIONS AMONG THE DIFFERENT
VARIABLES OF THE MODEL ............................................................................................... 102
TABLE 4.2. CR, AVE AND SQUARED CORRELATIONS BETWEEN FACTORS ........... 104
TABLE 4.3. RESULTS FOR H1 AND H2 ............................................................................... 105
TABLE 4.4. MEDIATION RESULTS ...................................................................................... 106
TABLE 4.5. BREAKDOWN OF THE EFFECT OF HPWS ON IB (USING THE
OUTPUT OF THE ANALYSIS OF THE MEDIATED MODEL) ........................................... 107
TABLE 5.1. MEAN, STANDARD DEVIATIONS AND CORRELATIONS AMONG
STUDY VARIABLES ............................................................................................................... 130
TABLE 5.2. CR, AVE AND SQUARED CORRELATIONS BETWEEN FACTORS ........... 131
TABLE 5.3. RESULTS SUPPORTING H1 AND 2 ................................................................. 132
TABLE 5.4. MEDIATION EFFECT TESTING ....................................................................... 134
TABLE 6.1. MEANS, STANDARD DEVIATIONS AND CORRELATIONS ....................... 162
TABLE 6.2. CR, AVE AND SQUARED CORRELATIONS BETWEEN FACTORS ........... 163
TABLE 6.3 RESULTS OF MULTIPLE REGRESSIONS (H1) ............................................... 165
TABLE 6.4. MODERATION RESULTS ................................................................................. 166
VI
VII
LIST OF FIGURES
FIGURE 1.1. STUDIES DEVELOPED IN CHAPTERS 4, 5 AND 6 .......................................... 7
FIGURE 1.2. THESIS STRUCTURE ........................................................................................... 9
FIGURE 2.2. ANTECEDENTS AND CONSEQUENCES OF EMPLOYEE
ENGAGEMENT .......................................................................................................................... 43
FIGURE 2.3. LEVELS OF ANALYSIS ..................................................................................... 48
FIGURE 4.1. MEDIATION RESULTS .................................................................................... 105
FIGURE 6.1. MODERATED MEDIATION ............................................................................ 167
VIII
1
Chapter 1: GENERAL INTRODUCTION
2
High Performance work systems and employee innovative behaviour
3
1.1 INTRODUCTION
Due to the current globalization and economic recession, organisations face
serious difficulties for overcoming these challenges successfully. In Management
literature, several relevant frameworks have appeared to face these complex
environmental characteristics. These frames are related to intangible assets and
refer to Human Resource Management, Innovation and Knowledge Management.
Firstly, it is well known that Human Resources are considered the most valuable
asset of organisations. Likewise, there is a general agreement on the idea that
Human Resource Management (HRM) facilitates far better end results for
companies (Pfeffer, 1998; Wimbush, 2005).
Strategic HRM perspective involves all the activities that are implemented to
affect individual behaviours to enable firms’ goals achievement (Wright and
McMahan, 1992; Nishii and Wright, 2007). According to Delery and Shaw (2001)
there are two key features that distinguish strategic HRM from the more
traditional HRM research. The strategic role of HRM for enhancing organisational
performance and, the level of analysis.
Regards the strategic role of HRM for enhancing performance, scholars have
mainly focused their emphasis on analysing the impact of HRM practices on
macro-level performance outcomes using organisational performance indicators
such as financial outcomes, productivity, return on assets (Delery and Doty, 1996;
Huselid, 1995; Rogers and Wright, 1998); or examining the impact of HRM
practices on certain individual-level outcomes as turnover, absenteeism or task
performance (Griffeth, Hom, and Gaertner, 2000; Locke and Latham, 1990;
Harrison and Martocchio, 1998). The second distinctive aspect distinguished by
Delery and Shaw (2001) refers to the level of analysis; traditionally more focused
on individual-level; in comparison to strategic HRM conducted at organisational
level.
Despite that strategic HRM researchers approve the idea that employee
experiences of HRM practices are relevant for understanding the association
between HRM practices and performance, most of research has exclusively
focused on the analysis between managerial reports and organisational
Chapter 1
4
effectiveness (Nishii, and Wright, 2007; Liao, Toya, Lepak and Hong, 2009). To
this respect, recent studies suggest focusing employee perceptions of HR practices
as they are considered as antecedents of employees’ attitudes and behaviours that
will lead to organizational performance (Nishii and Wright, 2007).
Linked to strategic HRM, Knowledge Management is a logical extension of this
line of research (Wright, Dunford and Snell, 2001). HRM is fundamentally
concerned with managing human capital, it focuses on all the firm’s basic
knowledge asset (Minbaeva, Foss and Snell, 2009). Recently, some studies have
addressed the relevant role of knowledge in the relationship between HRM and the
innovation process (Collins and Smith, 2006; López-Cabrales, Pérez-Luño, Valle,
2009; Mäkelä and Brewster, 2009). Besides, companies apply governance
mechanisms such as HRM practices with the conviction that promoting individual
action will lead employees to take those decisions that, when combined, lead to
positive organisational results (Foss, 2007).
Scholars and practitioners have also increasingly recognized the importance of
developing the capacity of generating innovation for firm’s competitiveness as it is
considered a key factor for surviving in current environments (Baumol, 2004;
Danneels, 2002; Johnson, Scholes, Whittington, 2008). Thus, during the last
decade or so, there has been a rising recognition of the importance of employees’
innovative behaviour as it permit the firm to attain organisational effectiveness
and survival (Anderson and de Dreu, 2004; Scott and Bruce, 1994; Shalley, 1995;
West, Hirst, Richter and Shipton, 2004). Organisations increasingly rely on
employees’ innovative behaviour to innovate their products, processes, methods
and operations (Ramamoorthy. Flood, Slattery and Sardessai, 2005) as it has been
demonstrated that innovative behaviour has a positive effect on organisational
innovativeness (e.g. Scott and Bruce, 1994; De Jong and Den Hartog, 2010).
Therefore, scholars analysing which factors enhance employees’ innovative
behaviour have identified five categories: individual factors, job characteristics,
team factors, relationship factors and organisational characteristics (West and Farr,
1989). In this Dissertation, we focus on analysing the impact of certain managerial
actions such as HRM strategy implementation and their influence on employee
High Performance work systems and employee innovative behaviour
5
perceptions, attitudes and behaviours that could act as antecedent of innovative
behaviour. On analysing employee perceptions, behaviours and attitudes, we can
shed light on how employees should be managed contribute to the achievement of
the strategic organisational goals and outcomes (Chang, 2005).
1.2 JUSTIFICATION AND THESIS GENERAL GOALS
Recent research is trying to increase the knowledge on the mechanisms through
which the relationship between HRM practices and performance is produced.
Therefore, these recent research analysing the so called ‘HRM black box’ focus on
the analysis of employee perceptions of HRM practices associated to individual
performance outcomes, attitudes and behaviours (Snape and Redman, 2010).
However, these scarce limited studies have produced divergent and inconclusive
results (see: Alfes, el at 2013; Kuvaas, 2008). Consequently, more research is
needed to disentangle the behavioural and attitudinal mechanisms through which
HRM practices impact upon employees’ performance.
Regarding to the mechanisms that could explain the ‘HRM black box’ recent calls
suggested that more research is needed on the analysis of variables related to
knowledge creation and knowledge sharing and its potential impact on individual
outcomes (Arthur and Boyles, 2007; Felin and Foss, 2005; Foss and Michailova,
2009; Minbaeva, 2013), and also other perceptual and attitudinal variables as
HRM process (Bowen and Ostroff, 2004) and work engagement (Slåtten and
Mehmetoglu, 2011).
Besides, research has shown that organisational innovation performance is boosted
by individual innovative performance. From the behavioural literature this concept
is acknowledged as Innovative Behaviour (IB) (e.g. Scott and Bruce, 1994;
Janssen, 2000; De Jong and Den Hartog, 2007). Driven by the assumption that
employees’ IB contributes to work outcomes, several authors have increased their
attention to organisational and individual variables that potentially promote IB
(e.g. Janssen, 2000; Janssen, Van de Vliert and West, 2004; Mumford, Gaddis and
Strange, 2002). We argue that HRM practices could be considered as potential
organisational variables that could have an influence on IB.
Chapter 1
6
In this Dissertation we emphasise the study of employee perceptions on HRM and
their impact on employees’ IB, considering the latter as a kind of individual
performance. Particularly, we analyse how some attitudinal and behavioural
aspects could positively affect this relationship. These relevant aspects (variables)
refer to: work engagement, knowledge sharing, HRM Process and exploratory
learning. Thus, the main contribution of this Dissertation lies in testing the
relationship between employee perceptions of HRM and IB, as well as the impact
of other attitudinal variables that may have a relevant role on explaining this
relationship.
1.3 THESIS STRUCTURE
This Dissertation is structured in seven chapters. After this introductory chapter, in
chapter 2 a general theoretical review of the main concepts involved is developed.
The main goal of the second chapter is to introduce the concepts, its antecedents
and consequences and, the theories used in the three studies developed later in the
dissertation. Thus, the main relationships between constructs will be develop later
in each study. In Chapter 3, we describe the general details of the methodology
used in the studies that shape this Dissertation. Particularly, it describes the sample
contexts, the data collection, the process of the research tool elaboration and, to
end up we describe the statistical techniques used.
In the following chapters (4, 5 and 6) we develop the three empirical studies,
where we establish the specific theoretical models, their hypotheses and the
empirical analysis and conclusions for each study (See figure 1.1).
High Performance work systems and employee innovative behaviour
7
Figure 1.1. Studies developed in Chapters 4, 5 and 6
The study developed in chapter 4 tries to clarify whether employee perceptions of
HPWS and knowledge sharing lead to positive individual IB. Thus, the
overarching aim of this work is the analysis of to which extent employee
perceptions of the establishment of certain HPWS foster individual knowledge
sharing behaviour. Secondly, we test whether individual knowledge sharing
behaviour is positively linked to IB. Finally; we test the potential indirect effect of
individual knowledge sharing behaviour in the relationship between employee
perceptions of HPWS and IB. So, the main contribution of this study is to adopt a
micro perspective for analysing knowledge sharing as a mediating variable
between employee perceptions of HPWS and IB.
Regarding the study included in chapter 5, we argue that the level of individual
exploratory learning depends on employee perceptions of HPWS. Besides, based
on previous studies we consider IB as dependent on employees’ exploratory
knowledge. Therefore, the main aim of this study is to answer the question of
whether employee perceptions of HPWS are related to exploratory learning and
IB. Besides, we analyse whether exploratory learning play a mediating role in the
relationship between employee perceptions of HPWS and IB.
High Performance Work Systems (HPWS) and employees’ innovative behaviour
CHAPTER 4: HPWS & Knowledge
Sharing as Driving Forces for IB: a
micro perspective
(Empirical paper)
CHAPTER 6: HPWS, work
engagement and innovative
behaviour: Insights from Tanzania
and Nigeria
(Empirical paper)
CHAPTER 5: HPWS & innovative
behaviour: The role of exploratory
Learning
(Empirical paper)
Chapter 1
8
In chapter 6 we propose that employee perceptions of HPWS are linked to
employees’ IB. We further include the Process framework and work engagement,
as relevant aspects to consider in the relationship between employee perceptions
of HPWS and IB. Additionally, we test if these arguments also apply in companies
located in African countries as Tanzania and Nigeria. Thus, we analyse the
potential relationship between employee perceptions of HPWS and IB. Then, we
test the potential moderating role of HR process in the relationship between
employee perceptions of HPWS and IB. And finally, we examine if work
engagement mediates the relationship between the interaction of HPWS-HR
Process, on one hand, and IB, on the other hand.
To end up this Dissertation, Chapter 6 provides a general discussion on the
findings obtained in the studies presented in this thesis. Theoretical and practical
implications of the research findings are summarized. The chapter ends with the
limitations of this thesis, as well as with some suggestions for further research.
The following figure (Figure 1.2.) represents the general structure of the thesis.
High Performance work systems and employee innovative behaviour
9
Figure 1.2. Thesis Structure
Chapter 1:
Introduction
Chapter 4:
HPWS & Knowledge Sharing as
Driving Forces for IB: a micro
perspective
Chapter 7:
Conclusions
Chapter 2:
Theoretical Framework
Chapter 3:
General Methodology
Chapter 5:
HPWS & innovative behaviour:
The role of exploratory
Learning
Chapter 6:
HPWS, work engagement &
innovative behaviour: Insights
from Tanzania and Nigeria
Chapter 1
10
High Performance work systems and employee innovative behaviour
11
1.4 REFERENCES
Alfes, K., Shantz, A. D., Truss, C., and Soane, E. C. (2013). The link between
perceived human resource management practices, engagement and employee
behaviour: A moderated mediation model. International Journal of Human
Resource Management, 24:2, 330-351.
Anderson, N., De Dreu, C. K., and Nijstad, B. A. (2004). The routinization of
innovation research: A constructively critical review of the state-of-the-science.
Journal of organizational Behavior, 25:2, 147-173.
Arthur, J. B., and Boyles, T. (2007). Validating the human resource system
structure: A levels-based strategic HRM approach. Human Resource Management
Review, 17:1, 77-92.
Baumol, W., 2004. Entrepreneurial cultures and countercultures. Academy of
Management Learning and Education, 3:3, 316-326.
Bowen, D. E., and Ostroff, C. (2004). Understanding HRM–firm performance
linkages: The role of the “strength” of the HRM system. Academy of Management
Review, 29:2, 203-221.
Chang, E. (2005). Employees’ overall perception of HRM effectiveness. Human
Relations, 58:4, 523-544.
Collins, C. J., and Smith, K. G. (2006). Knowledge exchange and combination:
The role of human resource practices in the performance of high-technology firms.
Academy of Management Journal, 49:3, 544-560.
Danneels, E., (2002). The dynamics of product innovation and firm competences.
Strategic Management Journal, 23:12, 1095–1121.
De Jong, J., and Den Hartog, D. (2010). Measuring innovative work behaviour.
Creativity and Innovation Management, 19:1, 23-36.
Delery, J. E., and Doty, D. H. (1996). Modes of theorizing in strategic human
resource management: Tests of universalistic, contingency, and configurational
performance predictions. Academy of Management Journal, 39:4, 802-835.
Chapter 1
12
Delery, J. E., and Shaw, J. D. (2001). The strategic management of people in work
organizations: Review, synthesis, and extension.
Felin, T., and Foss, N. J. (2005). Strategic organization: A field in search of micro-
foundations. Strategic Organization, 3:4, 441.
Foss, N. J. (2007). The emerging knowledge governance approach: Challenges
and characteristics. Organization, 14:1, 29-52.
Foss, N. J., and Michailova, S. (Eds.). (2009).Knowledge Governance: Processes
and Perspectives: Processes and Perspectives. Oxford University Press.
Griffeth, R. W., Hom, P. W., and Gaertner, S. (2000). A meta-analysis of
antecedents and correlates of employee turnover: Update, moderator tests, and
research implications for the next millennium. Journal of Management, 26:3, 463-
488.
Harrison, D. A., and Martocchio, J. J. (1998). Time for absenteeism: A 20-year
review of origins, offshoots, and outcomes. Journal of Management, 24:3, 305-
350.
Huselid, M. A. (1995). The impact of human resource management practices on
turnover, productivity, and corporate financial performance. Academy of
Management Journal, 38:3, 635-672.
Janssen, O. (2000). Job demands, perceptions of effort‐reward fairness and
innovative work behaviour. Journal of Occupational and organizational
psychology, 73:3, 287-302.
Janssen, O., van de Vliert, E. and West, M. (2004). The bright and dark sides of
individual and group innovation: A special Issue introduction. Journal of
Organizational Behavior, 25:2, 129-145.
Johnson, G., Scholes, K. and Whittington, R. (2008). Exploring Corporate
Strategy. Essex, England: Pearson Education Limited.
High Performance work systems and employee innovative behaviour
13
Kuvaas, B. (2008). An exploration of how the employee–organization relationship
affects the linkage between perception of developmental human resource practices
and employee outcomes. Journal of Management Studies, 45:1, 1-25.
Liao, H., Toya, K., Lepak, D, and Hong, Y. (2009). Do they see eye to eye?
Management and employee perspectives of high performance work systems and
influence processes on service quality. Journal of Applied Psychology, 94:2, 371-
391.
Locke, E. A., and Latham, G. P. (1990). A theory of goal setting & task
performance. Prentice-Hall, Inc.
Lopez-Cabrales, A., Perez-Luño, A., and Cabrera, R. V. (2009). Knowledge as a
mediator between HRM practices and innovative activity. Human Resource
Management, 48:4, 485.
Mäkelä, K., and Brewster, C. (2009). Interunit interaction contexts, interpersonal
social capital, and the differing levels of knowledge sharing. Human Resource
Management, 48:4, 591-613.
Minbaeva, D. B. (2013). Strategic HRM in building micro-foundations of
organizational knowledge-based performance. Human Resource Management
Review, 23:4, 378-390.
Minbaeva, D., Foss, N., and Snell, S. (2009). Bringing the knowledge perspective
into HRM. Human Resource Management, 48:4, 477-483.
Mumford, M.D., Scott, G.M., Gaddis, B. and Strange, J.M. (2002). Leading
creative people: Orchestrating expertise and relationships. The Leadership
Quarterly, 13:6, 705-750.
Pfeffer, J. (1998). The human equation: Building profits by putting people first.
USA, Harvard Business Press.
Ramamoorthy, N., Flood, P.C., Slattery, T. and Sardessai, R. (2005). Determinants
of innovative work behaviour: Development and test of an integrated model.
Creativity and Innovation Management, 14:2, 142-150.
Chapter 1
14
Rogers, E. W., and Wright, P. M. (1998). Measuring organizational performance
in strategic human resource management: Problems, prospects and performance
information markets. Human resource Management Review, 8:3, 311-331.
Scott, S. G., and Bruce, R. A. (1994). Determinants of innovative behavior: A path
model of individual innovation in the workplace. Academy of Management
Journal, 37:3, 580-607.
Shalley, C. E. (1995). Effects of coaction, expected evaluation, and goal setting on
creativity and productivity. Academy of Management Journal, 38:2, 483-503.
Slåtten, T. and Mehmetoglu, M. (2011). Antecedents and effects of engaged
frontline employees: A study from the hospitality industry. Managing Service
Quality, 21:1, 88-107.
Snape, E., and Redman, T. (2010). HRM practices, organizational citizenship
behaviour, and performance: A multi‐level analysis. Journal of Management
Studies, 47:7, 1219-1247.
West, M. A., and Farr, J. L. (1989). Innovation at work: Psychological
perspectives. Social Behaviour.
West, M. A., Hirst, G., Richter, A., and Shipton, H. (2004). Twelve steps to
heaven: Successfully managing change through developing innovative teams.
European journal of work and organizational psychology, 13:2, 269-299.
Wimbush, J. C. (2005). Spotlight on human resource management. Business
Horizons, 48:6, 463-467.
Wright, P. M., and McMahan, G. C. (1992). Theoretical perspectives for strategic
human resource management. Journal of Management, 18:2, 295-320.
Wright, P. M., and Nishii, L. H. (2007). Strategic HRM and organizational
behavior: Integrating multiple levels of analysis. CAHRS Working Paper Series,
468.
Wright, P. M., Dunford, B. B., and Snell, S. A. (2001). Human resources and the
resource based view of the firm. Journal of Management, 27:6, 701-721.
High Performance work systems and employee innovative behaviour
15
Chapter 2:
GENERAL THEORETICAL FRAMEWORK
Chapter 2
16
High Performance Work Systems and employee innovative behaviour
17
2.1 GOALS AND CONTENT OF THE CHAPTER
The main objective of this chapter is to offer a general overview of the central
aspects of this Dissertation, and the particular relationships between concepts and
frameworks will be presented later in each specific study. Thus, this chapter is
structured as follows. Firstly, we present a general conceptualisation of HRM
framework. Then, a brief review about HRM models and perspectives is
presented. Thirdly, we justify the adoption of the High Performance Work
Systems (HPWS) approach. Fourthly, we conceptualise the HPWS approach and
develop the content and process perspectives. Then, we introduce the Attribution
Theory and its relationship to HRM process perspective; it is also explained how
High Performance Work Systems work and the relationship of AMO framework
to HRM content and process.
Finally, we focus on conceptualise and analyse antecedents and consequences of
specific employee’s attitudes and behaviours. Particularly, we analyse innovative
behaviour, work engagement, individual knowledge sharing behaviour and
exploratory learning.
2.2 HUMAN RESOURCE MANAGEMENT
2.2.1 General Conceptualisation
Human Resource Management (HRM) refers to how people are managed and
employed in organisations towards desired ends (Boxall, Purcell and Wright,
2007). The concept has evolved from a ‘labour management’ perspective to a
strategic view, also incorporating aspects from the Industrial Relations field
(Torrington, Hall and Taylor, 2005). This evolution provides an important and
useful perspective on the role of HR (Guest, 1987; Lengick-Hall, Lengick-Hall,
Andrade and Drake, 2009), including relevant aspects such as the consideration of
HRM as a source of competitive advantage (Barney, 1991), the integration of
HRM in business strategy and, finally, the consideration of line managers as key
players for strategy implementation (Brewster and Larsen, 1992; Budhwar and
Sparrow, 1997). To sum up, the strategic vision of HRM is linked to its closer
alignment to the strategy process, the involvement of line management, and the
focus on specific HRM outcomes as commitment, flexibility and quality (Guest,
Chapter 2
18
1987). So, HRM has evolved in the last 25 years from an administrative and
reactive function to a new strategic, executive and proactive area (Boxall, 1994).
As a result of this evolution, there are many different conceptualisations about the
strategic HRM. As an example, authors as Watson (2010:919) state that ‘HRM is
the managerial utilization of the efforts, knowledge, capabilities and committed
behaviours which people contribute to an authoritatively coordinated human
enterprise as part of an employment exchange (or more than temporary contractual
arrangement) to carry out work tasks in a way which enables the enterprise to
continue into the future.’ Another relevant definition is proposed by Schuler
(1992) who postulated that strategic HRM has to do with linking people
systematically to the organization. In other words, it is about the integration of
HRM strategies into corporate strategies. Essentially, HR strategies are plans and
programs that address and solve fundamental strategic issues related to the
management of HR in organisations (íbid).
2.2.2 HRM models and perspectives
There are different models that have been postulated by the specialised literature
to describe the HRM concept. According to Armstrong (2014), some of them are
the following: The Matching Model (Fombrun, Tichy and Devanna, 1984), The
Harvard model (Beer, Spector, Paul, Lawrence, Mills and Richard, 1984), The
European Model (Brewster, 1993), the Contextual Model (Hendry and Pettigrew,
1990), the 5-P model (Schuler, 1992) and the hard and soft model (Storey, 1989).
These models have been developed and have been classified under the soft or the
hard approach of HRM. The soft version (Legge, 1998) of HRM sees employees
as ‘valued assets and as a source of competitive advantage through their
commitment, adaptability and high level of skills and performance’. The hard
version emphasizes that people are important resources through which
organisations achieve competitive advantage, considering HRM as a ‘rational’
way to obtain this advantage (Storey, 1989).
The Matching model, developed by the Michigan School, tightly connects to the
concept of strategic HRM (Fombrun et al., 1984). These authors affirm that HR
systems and the organisation structure ought to be managed congruently with
High Performance work systems and employee innovative behaviour
19
organisational strategy (hence the name ‘Matching model’). This model
establishes that there is an HR cycle consistent of four generic processes or
functions common in all organisations, namely, selection, appraisal, rewarding and
development.
The Harvard model (Beer et al., 1984) acknowledges the existence of multiple
stakeholders that need to be considered by the organisation. So, all these
stakeholders are equally important in influencing organisational outcomes.
Consequently, the interests of the different groups must be joined and factored in
the creation of HRM and business strategies.
The European Model was described by Brewster (1993) and is based on the
premise that European organisations operate with limited autonomy. The
European model considers the interaction among HR strategies, the business
strategy and HRM practices, as well as their interaction with the external
environment where factors as national culture, power system, legislation,
education and employee representation become fundamental (Bambir, Drozdová,
and Horvat, 2010). Based on Mabey, Salaman and Storey (1998:107) the main
characteristics of this model are the following: dialogue between social partners,
emphasis on social responsibility, multicultural organisations, participation on
decision-making and continuous learning.
The Contextual model approach (Hendry and Pettigrew, 1990) is focused on
mapping the context, identifying an inner context (within the organisation) and an
outer context (in the wider environment) and exploring how HRM adapted to
changes in context (Guest, 1997). It is described as a model that highlights the
relevance of the environmental aspects that have been underestimated in other
models (Armstrong, 2014). These external aspects include social, institutional and
political factors. So, this consideration facilitates the integration of the HRM
system in the context where it is developed. The main contribution of this
approach lies in the reconsideration of the relationship between the HRM system
and its context. Whereas many of the other perspectives, at best, considered the
context as a contingency variable, this approach proposes an explanation that
exceeds the organisational level and integrates the HRM function in a macro-
Chapter 2
20
social framework with which it interacts (Martin-Alcázar, Romero-Fernández and
Sanchez-Gardey, 2005).
Schuler’s 5-P model (1992) is based on five HR aspects: philosophies, policies,
programs, practices and processes. To this model, these activities become the
integral part of the HRM strategy to achieve organisational strategic needs. One
relevant aspect of this model has to do with the consideration of external features
as critical success factors, threats and opportunities, among others, as well as
internal organisational aspects as culture and business nature.
Storey (1989), in turn, distinguished between two opposing versions of HRM: soft
and hard. The soft perspective emphasises individuals and their self-direction, and
places commitment, trust, and self-regulated behaviour at the centre of any
strategic approach to people (Truss, Gratton, Hope-Halley, McGovern and Stiles,
1997). In contrast, the hard model emphasises the rationalism underlying the
business strategic fit and focuses on the need to manage people in ways that the
firm obtains added value from them and thus achieve competitive advantage
(Armstrong, 2001:6). However, authors as Truss (1999) and Gratton, Hope-
Halley, Stiles and Truss (1999) concluded that the distinction between the hard
and soft HRM was not as precise as some researchers have inferred, as they found
in an empirical research that there is a mixture of hard and soft approaches in
organisations.
The above revision shows some relevant HRM models that define HRM from
different perspectives, considering different aspects for describing the HRM
function. Another aspect that has been considered significant in HRM literature
refers to the relationship between HRM and Performance. The following
paragraphs present some of the perspectives used for explaining this relationship
are presented.
The HRM-Performance relationship has been approached from different
perspectives rooted in organisational behaviour, sociology, economics, industrial
relations and organisational psychology (Paauwe, 2009:22). From the mid-90’s,
literature has focused on establishing HRM perspectives leading to improve
organisational performance. Specifically, Delery and Doty (1996) identified three
High Performance work systems and employee innovative behaviour
21
HRM perspectives: a) the Universalist or ‘Best Practices’ perspective, b) the
Contingent or ‘Best Fit’ perspective, and c) the Configurational or ‘Bundling’
perspective, From the Universalist perspective, it is assumed that there is a set of
HRM best practices, and adopting them will lead to a better performance
regardless of the company applying them. From the Contingent or Best-Fit
perspective, there are not universal recommendations for HRM; an organisation’s
HRM policies must be consistent with other organisational aspects, particularly
with the strategy (vertical fit). Finally, the Configurational or Bundling approach
refers to the development and implementation of different HRM practices that are
inter-related and complement each other.
The underlying assumption of these approaches is that HRM systems may affect
organisational performance through its impact on employee’s attitude and
behaviour (Combs Liu, Hall and Ketchen, 2006). Thus, through these theories
authors assume that the relationship between HRM and performance is produced
directly, but considering the last statement this relationship is explained through
the impact of HRM practices to employees’ attitude and behaviour as it is
explained in the next sections.
Trying to explain the relationship between HRM and performance some authors
have used different ways considering the practices involved. Throughout the next
section, we explain the evolution of this analysis, from the consideration of single
HRM practices to the consideration of different practices as bundles or systems
and its relationship to performance.
2.2.3 Why High Performance Work Systems?
Traditional HRM literature has placed special emphasis on the identification of
Human Resources Practices and their impact on organisational performance as one
of the core principles of strategic HRM is that organisational performance is
influenced by the way employees are managed (Gittell, Seidner, and Wimbush,
2010). Thus, HRM is a distinctive element among organisations, which make
them different from a competitive point of view and hopefully enable them to face
market challenges. Also, HR must be sufficiently efficient and productive, which
can be achieved through a high state of motivation, both in and for the company.
Chapter 2
22
High Performance Work Systems (henceforth, HPWS) is an important concept in
contemporary research in workplaces (Boxal and Macky, 2007). The notion of
HPWS was originated in the United States, initially gaining power in the debate
over the failure of U.S. manufacturing competitiveness and later as a part of a
larger agenda concerned with the human elements of competitive performance of
both manufacturing and service firms (Boxall, 2012).
In earlier studies, academics used to focus on how single HRM practices impact
employee-level behaviours or organisational performance. However, this view has
now changed to looking at HRM practices and strategies as a whole, as they are
more indicative of the effect on individual outcomes (Gould-Williams and
Mohamed, 2010). In this vein, Combs et al. (2006) showed in their meta-analysis
of 92 studies that single HRM practices improve organisational performance. But
this effect is more significant when HRM practices are defined as bundles applied
in a synergistic way (see also: Delery and Shaw, 2001; Dyer and Reeves, 1995).
In fact, HPWS are believed to be the mean through which organisations can gain
competitive advantage and organisational performance via employee’s responses
and shifting employees’ behaviour in ways that add value (Macky and Boxal,
2007). So, the achievement of competitive advantage and performance is possible
welcoming and developing the unique contribution of employees (Guthrie, 2001)
that are difficult for others to imitate. Furthermore, workers are capable of
continuous improvement and will perform at higher levels if they are motivated to
do so (Pfeffer, 1998).
These HRM systems have been conceptualised as ‘High Performance Work
Systems’ (Appelbaum and Batt, 1994), ‘High Involvement Work Practices’
(Lawler, 1986; Macky and Boxall, 2008; Xiao and Björkman, 2006) and ‘High
Commitment Work Practices’ (Benkhoff 1997; Agarwala 2003; Wood and
Albanese, 1995). Several researchers have used these conceptualisations
interchangeably (Wood and De Menezes, 1998; Zacharatos, Barling and Iverson,
2005); but framing on Bryson, Forth and Kirby’s (2005:460) arguments, ‘High
involvement and High commitment are less loaded terms than the notion of
HPWS: they do not assume that the particular configuration of management
High Performance work systems and employee innovative behaviour
23
practices is necessarily performance enhancing’. Furthermore, Boxall and Macky
(2009:11) posted that ‘HPWS are empirically grounded and much more conscious
of the need to specify how work reforms are meant to affect employee’s attitude
and behaviour’. In turn, Arthur (1992) suggested that HPWS shape desired
employee behaviour and attitude by forging psychological links between
organisational and employee goals.
Studies analysing the HRM-performance relationship have provided limited
insight into the effects of HPWS on the proximal employee’s outcomes, which are
considered to affect most directly (Dyer and Reeves, 1995). Furthermore, Batt
(2002:587) indicated, ‘prior research [in strategic HRM] is theoretically
undeveloped and has not specified the mediating employee behaviour that explain
the relationship between HR practices and performance’.
Considering the above arguments, we adopt the HPWS conceptualisation in this
Dissertation, as we want to analyse to which extent the impact of the HRM system
affects employees’ attitude and outcome and we consider innovative behaviour as
a kind of employee performance. The theoretical conceptualisation and the content
of this system are developed in the next section.
2.2.4 What is a HPWS? Conceptualisation and content
HRM systems refer to a group of separate but interconnected HRM practices
designed to enhance employees’ skills and effort (Datta, Guthrie, and Wright,
2005; Huselid, 1995; Way, 2002; Wood and Wall, 2002). The individual practices
that make up the HRM system constitute the content of the HRM system (Katou,
Budhwar and Patel, 2014). Based on Boselie, Dietz and Boon, (2005) the content
of the HRM system refers to a set of practices and policies through which
organisations can improve the acquisition, development, retention, and utilisation
of their human capital in order to achieve organisational strategic goals, e.g.
organisational performance.
The main goal of HPWS consists on increasing employees’ abilities, motivation,
and opportunity to participate in decision-making (Tsui and Wang 2002; Guest
2007; Guthrie, Spell and Nyamori, 2002; Sun, Aryee and Law 2007). Despite the
lack of agreement on a precise definition of HPWS (Arthur, 1994; Datta et al.,
Chapter 2
24
2005; Huselid, 1995; Lawler, 1992:34; Pfeffer, 1998) or the content that makes up
these HPWS (Boxall and Purcell, 2008), some definitions are widely accepted
(Way, 2002). Some of these definitions and content combinations of HR practices
are presented below.
De Cieri and Krammar (2008) and Dessler (2007) suggested that HPWS are the
policies and practices involved in carrying out the ‘HR’ aspects of a management
position. These policies and practices include human resource planning, job
analysis, recruitment, selection, orientation, compensation, performance appraisal,
training and development, and labour relations.
Huselid (1995), in turn, defined HPWS as a collection of individual, interrelated
HR practices that increase the performance of employees and organisations by
means of improving the competence, attitudes and motivation of the workforce.
Those practices include: comprehensive employee recruitment and selection
procedures, incentive compensation and performance management systems, and
extensive employee involvement and training (see also: Pfeffer, 1998).
Evan and Davis (2005:759) define HPWS ‘as an integrated system of HR
practices that is internally consistent (alignment among HR practices) and
externally consistent (alignment to organisational strategy) that include selective
staffing, self-managed teams, decentralized decision making, extensive training,
flexible job assignments, open communication, and performance-contingent
compensation (Becker and Huselid, 1998; Guthrie, 2001; Pfeffer, 1998)’.
Also, Way (2002) defines HPWS as a set of interrelated practices, which together
select, develop and motivate workers with higher skills. Moreover, motivated
workers apply these skills to work, leading to better performance and
consequently improving the performance of the whole workforce of the company.
Based on previous studies, Way (2002:767) concluded that ‘HRM practices to be
included as HPWS must be linked to selecting, developing, retaining, and/or
motivating (gaining access to) a workforce that produces superior employee
output’.
Cooke (2001) defined HPWS as a bundle of the key HR techniques essential for
high performance to take place. These systems include practices such as incentive
High Performance work systems and employee innovative behaviour
25
compensation, high levels of training, employee participation, rigorous selection
procedures, promotion from within, flexible work arrangements, stability in the
employment and information sharing (Huselid, 1995; Datta et al., 2005; Pfeffer,
1998; Cooke, 2001).
Therefore, as we have seen HPWS do have multiple names and definitions and
approaches, but all of them suggest that HPWS are systems of managerial
practices that increase the empowerment of employees and enhance their skills
and incentives to motivate them to take advantage of this greater empowerment
(Appelbaum, Bailey, Berg and Kalleberg, 2000). Despite the different labels, their
common thread is that organisations can achieve high performance by adopting
practices that recognise and leverage employees’ ability to create value (Gittell et
al., 2010). Based on Horgan and Mühlau (2006), it is generally agreed that the
content of this HRM system include practices as selection, training, mentoring,
and knowledge sharing mechanisms.
With respect to the contribution of the use of HPWS, multiple studies conclude
that the use of HPWS report greater job satisfaction, lower employee turnover,
higher productivity, and better decision-making, all of which help improve
organisational performance (Becker, Huselid, Pickus, and Spratt, 1997). In this
vein, some scholars as Pfeffer (1994) believe that HPWS positively impact on
organisational and individual performance regardless of the context and industry.
To conclude this section, it is important to highlight he bundle of practices that
conform the HPWS used in this Dissertation. These practices are: training and
development, pay for performance, participation, promotion and safety at work.
The consideration of these practices is based on previous studies (see: Kehohe and
Wright, 2013; Van de Voorde and Beijer, 2015) that relate these practices with
innovation performance.
2.2.5 HRM process
Over the last decade, scholars have not only paid attention to the HRM content;
they have also paid attention to the HRM process (Bowen and Ostroff, 2004;
Chapter 2
26
Patterson, Warr and West, 2004; Neal, West and Patterson, 2005; Nishii, Lepak
and Schneider, 2008). Bowen and Ostroff (2004; see also Ostroff and Bowen,
2000) conceptualise HRM as a signalling system that sends messages to
employees. These authors distinguish two interrelated features of a HRM system-
conceptualized as HRM content and process. The HRM process refers to whether
employees have the ability to understand the HRM signals and messages sent by
the organisation and their response in a desired and appropriate way.
Framing on Bowen and Ostroff’s ideas, Haggerty and Wright (2010) suggest that
the HRM system must be theorised as a signalling function, creating powerful
messages that management send to groups and individuals within the organisation,
nurturing as a result the ideal conditions for strong situations to materialise. This
process approach focuses on the importance of the psychological processes
through which employees interpret and respond to the information conveyed in
HR practices (Bowen and Ostroff, 2004; Ehrnrooth and Björman, 2012).
So, bearing in mind Bowen and Ostroff’s arguments, the content of the HRM
system refers to the set of practices adopted and, ideally, should be largely driven
by the strategic goals and values of the organisation (e.g., practices to promote
innovation or autonomy). In turn, by process they refer to how the HRM system
can be designed and administered effectively by defining metafeatures of an
overall HRM system. Nonetheless, the problem is that the content approach does
not explain why the same HR practices do not always lead to the same outcomes
in terms of performance (Bowen and Ostroff, 2004; Sanders, Yang and Kim,
2012).
Bowen and Ostroff (2004:206) also propose that ‘HRM content and process must
be integrated effectively in order for prescriptive models of strategic HRM
actually to link to firm performance’. Following this line, the main argument of
Khilji and Wang’s (2006) investigation is that a clear distinction exists between
what it is intended by management in terms of HR practices and what is actually
experienced by employees. Furthermore, it is also argued that ‘it is difficult to
attach only one kind of meaning to an HRM system because individuals may not
uniquely interpret the same HR practices’ (Katou et al., 2014:528). Recently,
High Performance work systems and employee innovative behaviour
27
HRM studies found an answer for this argument. So, authors as Nishii et al.
(2008) concluded that employees’ reactions to the HRM system are far less
homogenous than was assumed in previous studies, and differ among employees
within the same organisation.
Some authors highlight that employees react differently to the same set of HR
practices. These different reactions could be explained by the process approach of
HRM, which refers to the ‘set of activities aimed at developing, communicating,
and implementing HR practices’ (Delmotte, De Winne, and Sels, 2011:1). The
HRM system sends signals, which are perceived and interpreted differently among
employees (Bowen and Ostroff, 2004; Wright and Nishii, 2007; Sanders et al.,
2012). Consequently, the process perspective deals with the effective design and
administration of the HRM system (Bowen and Ostroff, 2004).
The way that HRM is perceived by employees can create strong or weak situations
in form of high or low-shared meaning about the content. Taking this idea as a
reference, Bowen and Ostroff (2004) introduced the concept of HRM Strength.
This concept was developed applying HRM system framework and HRM strategic
perspectives to HRM process perspective. These two perspectives together ‘help
stage how HRM practices and their influence on employee attributes can lead to
desired outcomes at the firm level, such as productivity, financial performance and
competitive advantage’ (Bowen and Ostroff, 2004:204).
The concept of situational strength was initially introduced by Mischel (1973) to
explain the influence that situations have on shaping individuals’ behaviours.
Specifically, a strong situation is expected when employees will develop desired
collective attitudes and behaviours that will have a positive effect on
organisational performance (Nishii and Wright, 2008). However, in weak
situations employees perceive the HRM messages differently and there is not a
common understanding about HRM messages. Consequently, behaviours could
neither be acceptable nor efficient for the achievement of organisational goals
(Bowen and Ostroff, 2004; Sanders Dorenbosch and de Reuver, 2008).
The concept of strength is also used by other authors as climate strength (shared
perceptions about issues related to their environment, i.e. Payne, 2000) and culture
Chapter 2
28
strength (degree to which people share values and beliefs regarding their work and
organisation, i.e. Schein, 1984). Both of them can be used as proxy constructs to
evaluate situation strength (Cohelho, Cunha, Gomes and Correira, 2012).
2.2.6 HRM process and Attribution Theory
One of the theories used to explain the concept of HRM process is Attribution
Theory. This theory offers a better understanding of the HRM process framework.
The main aspects involved in this theory and how it is used to explain the process
concept are developed in this section. Finally, the three dimensions of the concept
presented by Bowen and Ostroff (2004), based on the Attribution Theory process
conception, are analysed and developed.
Attribution Theory refers to how people make attributions about what they
perceive and understand concerning their own and other people’s behaviours
(Fiske and Taylor, 1991). In other words, this theory explains how people process
information to make attributions (Kelley, 1973) about the circumstances they
perceive. The co-variation principle of Attribution Theory suggests that people try
to understand the cause of situations by considering information related to these
three characteristics: distinctiveness, consistency and consensus of the situation
(Sanders et al., 2012). When this reasoning is applied to the study of HR practices,
it follows that the relationship between HR practices and employee’s attitudes and
behaviours, and ultimately organisational performance, may depend on the
attributions employees make about the motives underlying the HR practices they
experience (Nishii et al., 2008: 505). Taking Kelley’s (1973) co-variation
Attribution Theory as a starting point, Bowen and Ostroff applied the three
characteristics mentioned before to the HRM process framework and suggested
that HRM process is captured by the following three dimensions:
a) Distinctiveness: refers to a particular situation that stands out in the
environment, thereby having the ability to capture employees’ attention
and arousing their interest (Bowen and Ostroff, 2004). Furthermore, these
authors elucidated four characteristics of HRM that may foster
distinctiveness dimension: visibility, understandability, legitimacy of
authority, and relevance.
High Performance work systems and employee innovative behaviour
29
a. Visibility: degree to which these practices are salient and readily
observable.
b. Understandability: degree of ambiguity and easiness of
comprehension of HRM practice content (Bowen and Ostroff,
2004:209).
c. Legitimacy of authority: degree to which the HR function is
perceived in terms of status, credibility and activity (Rodrigues-
Ribeiro, Pinto-Coelho and Gomes, 2011:121).
d. Relevance: degree to which employees perceive the situation as
relevant to an important goal.
b) Consistency: it refers to an HR function, which communicates regular and
consistent messages over time, people and contexts; so, it denotes the
degree to which HR messages are encoded and interpreted uniformly by
employees. Thus, some features as instrumentality, validity and consistent
HRM messages need to be considered to establish consistent relationships
over time, people and contexts (Bowen and Ostroff, 2004):
a. Instrumentality: degree to which employees perceived cause-effect
relationship in reference to the content of the HRM system and the
desired behaviours-consequences that are expected from the
application of the practices.
b. Validity: degree to which message receivers perceive the message
as valid.
c. Consistent HRM messages: degree of compatibility and stability in
the signals associated with the HR practices. A lack of consistency
could lead to different interpretations of the HRM practices.
c) Consensus: degree of agreement among employees in their view of the
event-effect relationship. Thus, this dimension refers to the likelihood that
employees behave in similar ways. For the achievement of employees’
consensus it may be agreement among the principal HRM decision makers
and employees should perceive fairness about the content of HRM
practices
Chapter 2
30
a. Agreement among the principal HRM decision makers: refers to the
degree of agreement among the message senders. This agreement
contributes to promote consensus among employees (Bowen and
Ostroff, 2004:212).
b. Fairness: is related to an employee’s perception regards the degree
up to which HR practices are coherent with the principles of
justice. Thus, fairness refers to the degree to which employees
perceive justice in HRM practices.
To enhance the likelihood that employees see the messages conveyed by HRM in
a uniform manner, employees should perceive HRM as distinctive, consistent and
consensual (Sanders, Shipton and Gomes, 2014). If HRM messages are perceived
as highly distinctive, consistent and consensual, a strong situation will take place
and employees will develop a shared interpretation of organisational policies,
procedures and goals. As a result, they will develop shared perceptions about
those behaviours, which are expected and rewarded in the organisation (Bowen
and Ostroff, 2004:207). A strong HRM system supports a robust organisational
climate where the messages that are sent by the HRM system to stakeholders are
clear, unambiguous and consistent (Bowen and Ostroff, 2004; De Winne,
Delmontte, Gilbert and Sels, 2013) and, in so doing, employees will adopt the
desired attitudes and behaviours (Bowen and Ostroff, 2004; Wright and Nishii,
2007).
The main idea underlying this framework is that employee perceptions/attributions
about the HRM content will determine the strength of the HRM process, which
ultimately will influence employees’ attitudes and behaviours. Considering these
arguments, we may think that this ‘new’ process approach may shed light on the
missing links in the HRM-performance relationships.
High Performance work systems and employee innovative behaviour
31
2.2.7 How do HPWS work?
Research on HPWS emphasises the importance of mediating links or intervening
variables between HR systems and organisational outcomes, including critical
variables that have to do with employee’s beliefs, attitudes and behaviours (Boxall
and Macky, 2007:262). Bowen and Ostroff (2004) and Nishii and Wright (2008)
have suggested that the causal chain HPWS-performance may be more complex
than previously thought. They suggest that employee perceptions of HR practices
are likely to precede employee’s attitudes and behaviour that link the HPWS-
performance causal chain.
The HRM process that explains the link between HRM-performance (see figure
2.1) is in fact a sequence across several levels of analysis in which a) intended
practices lead to 2) actual practices, which lead to c) perceived practices, then to
d) employee reactions and, ultimately, result in e) organisational performance
(Boxall and Macky, 2007; Nishii and Wright, 2008). Based on Wright and Nishii
and Nishii and Wright (2004, 2008; respectively), intended practices refer to
practices that are designed strategically by decision-makers at the organisational
level. These intended practices influence actual or implemented practices, in other
words, those practices implemented at group level by strategy executors. Then
employees perceive these practices at the individual level. Finally, the arising
employees’ attitudes and behaviours result in organisational performance at the
organisational level.
Figure 2.1: HRM Systems and the links to organisational performance
Source: Boxall (2012)
Chapter 2
32
This figure highlights two relevant facts that affect the HPWS-performance
relationship (Boxall and Macky, 2007). The first aspect refers to the difference
between what management says and managers actually do. Sometimes, there is a
great difference between the guidelines that the company gives about HRM and
what middle or line managers do implement. With respect to the second fact, if
management requests the achievement of valuable organisational outcomes,
employee attitudes and behaviours need to be influenced. Thus, in order for HR
practices to produce their desired effect on employee attitudes and behaviours,
first these practices have to be perceived and interpreted subjectively by
employees in ways that create such attitudinal and behavioural reactions (Nishii et
al., 2008). These employees’ reactions cannot be the same as individuals tend to
interpret the reality differently (Fiske and Taylor, 1991), because not all the
employees will interpret HR messages in the same way. Consequently, the effect
of HR practices is unlikely to be automatic and as constant as expected; instead, its
effect will reside in the meaning that employees attach to those practices (Nishii et
al, 2008).
To sum up, much of the previous research has been focused on the study of
multiple HRM practices at the organisational level or on the analysis of one single
HRM practice at the individual (employee) level (Boselie et al., 2005).
Particularly, the emphasis has been placed on the impact of multiple combinations
of HR practices on a set of organisational performance indicators as financial
outcomes, turnover and productivity, among others (Paauwe, 2009). To this
respect, the specialised literature (Arthur, 1994; Huselid, 1995; Combs et al.,
2006; Sun et al, 2007; among others) considers that this relationship takes place in
a direct way. However, employees and their perception of HRM practices may
acquire a primary role to mediate the impact HPWS have on organisational
performance. Even so, their reactions to these practices have been rather ignored
in HPWS research to date (Bowen and Ostroff, 2004; Den Hartog, Boon, Verburg
and Croon, 2013; Kehoe and Wright, 2013; Macky and Boxall, 2007).
To address this question, HRM researchers have called for more attention to be
placed on investigating the relationship between HRM and performance through
employee shared perceptions in reactions to HRM (Wright and van de Voorde,
High Performance work systems and employee innovative behaviour
33
2007). In this sense, employee perceptions of HPWS have become central to the
academic debate in recent years but its study still remains at an early stage
(Piening, Baluch and Ridder, 2014). So, authors such as Boxal and Macky
(2007:268) have claimed ‘better information on employee perceptions of, and
responses to, espoused and actual HR practices is a prerequisite to improving
HRM’s contribution to organisational effectiveness’. Furthermore, Boselie,
Brewster and Paauwe (2009) have posted that there is a lack of HRM research on
multiple HRM practices at the individual employee level in line with the
psychological contract research that affects employee perceptions and behaviours.
Taking these arguments as a basis, this dissertation is focused on employee
perceptions of HRM and how these perceptions enhance certain individual
attitudes and behaviours that ultimately may improve organisational performance.
In so doing, we will contribute to the specialist literature by shedding light on the
analysis of the intermediate mechanisms that can help to better understand the
relationship between HRM and performance.
2.2.8 AMO Framework and its relationship to HRM content and
process
The Ability–Motivation–Opportunity framework is often used in HRM-
performance research (Paauwe, 2009). The HPWS debate has fostered the
understanding of the way through which all HRM systems depend on influencing
the abilities (A), motivations (M) and opportunities (O) of individuals to perform
(Appelbaum et al., 2000; Boxall, 2012; Huselid, 1995; MacDuffie, 1995). Based
on Bailey’s (1993) work, the AMO framework is a key element to explain the
effect of HRM practices on organisational (Huselid, 1995) and employee
performance (Lepak, Liao, Chung and Harden, 2006). Despite that the Resource
Based View framework has been used to explain the effect of HR practices at the
organisational level, the AMO theory has been predominant in the research on
employee-level mechanisms of HRM effects on performance (Boselie et al.,
2005).
We argue that HRM systems enhance employee abilities, motivations and
opportunities, which in turn, as is highlighted by the specialized literature,
Chapter 2
34
promote individuals to perform (Appelbaum et al., 2000; Boxall, 2012; Huselid,
1995; MacDuffie, 1995). Thus, using this theory we can explain the cause-effect
relationship between employee perceptions of HPWS, how these practices
enhance abilities, motivation and opportunity to act and how this contributes to
innovative behaviour.
The behavioural perspective, the process model by Nishii and Wright (2008) and
the AMO model by Appelbaum et al. (2000), all imply that HRM has a positive
effect on organisational performance through individual level mechanisms
(Bailey, 1993; Huselid, 1995; Lepak et al., 2006; Van de Voorde, Paauwe and Van
Veldhoven, 2012). Particularly, the AMO framework represents the idea that
specific HRM practices that enhance abilities, motivation, and opportunity to
participate will lead to a discretionary effort by employees and, consequently, a
improve the firm’s performance (Boxall and Purcell, 2008).
In this vein, Cooke (2001) stated that HPWS contribute to increase employees’
performance and hence to organisational performance through three interrelated
causal routes: (a) by developing employee skills and abilities (i.e. their capability
to performance); (b) by increasing an employee’s motivation for discretionary
effort; and (c) by providing employees with the opportunity to make full use of
their knowledge, skills and other attributes in their jobs.
In turn, Boselie et al. (2009) posted that HPWS approaches, supported by the
AMO theory, are built essentially on the idea that certain HRM practices are
important for both employee and employer. These practices that form the HRM
specific content are: recruitment and selection, extensive employee development,
rewards, employee involvement in decision-making, performance evaluation and
teamwork (Boselie et al., 2009).
Ehrnrooth and Björkman (2012) linked the AMO framework to the HRM content
and process. They concluded that the adoption of a HRM system, where all
practices are combined, is more likely to promote AMO than the single practices
approach. Specifically, they argue that practices, such as selection and
development, performance appraisal and retention of talent are considered relevant
to obtain able workforce. Motivation is not only a result of compensation practices
High Performance work systems and employee innovative behaviour
35
and career opportunities; in addition, Ehrnrooth and Björkman (2012) argue that
motivation could also be promoted by the selection of suitable employees and the
availability of development opportunities, challenging jobs, and feedback through
performance appraisal. Finally, opportunity is not only influenced by practices that
increase autonomy and participation, but also through other practices that
contribute to develop competent and motivated employees that identify and
exploit opportunities.
These authors (Ehrnrooth and Björkman, 2012) framing on the attribution and
HRM process theories (Bowen and Ostroff, 2004; Boxall and Macky, 2009;
Wright and Nishii, 2007), also highlight that AMO is derived not only from a set
of practices (HRM content) but also is determined by employee perceptions of the
implementation of those practices as well as their subjective cognitions and
interpretations. They argue that the HRM process affects the signalling effect of
HRM on employees understanding (in line with Bowen and Ostroff’s (2004)
arguments); and also ‘capture de facto functional effects the of HRM content on
employee ability, opportunity and motivation which are key empowering
influence mechanisms of the HRM process’ (Ehrnrooth and Björkman, 2012:
1113).
To sum up, the AMO framework highlights the relevance of abilities, motivation
and opportunity of individuals to adopt certain behaviours that have an effect on
performance. These abilities, motivations and opportunities are fostered by HRM
systems. Thus, from the content point of view, HRM practices are enablers for
these abilities, motivations and opportunities to take place. But even more, from
the process perspective, employee perceptions about the implementation of these
practices are also going to affect employees’ ability, opportunity and motivation to
act.
2.3 EMPLOYEE ATTITUDES AND BEHAVIOURS AND ITS
RELATIONSHIP TO INDIVIDUAL OUTCOMES
In order to unlock the ‘black box’ between HRM and performance, many
researchers have focused their attention on the study of employees’ attitudinal and
behavioural responses to HRM practices (Messersmith, Patel and Lepak and
Chapter 2
36
Gould-Williams, 2011; Nishii et al., 2008). To this respect, several authors have
argued that the focus should be on employee perceptions rather than organisational
intentions, as we argued before (Arthur and Boyles, 2007; Bowen and Ostroff,
2004; Den Hartog, et al. 2013). To do so, scholars have increasingly adopted a
micro perspective to unravel and understand how systems of HR practices impact
individuals as employee responses are considered the mechanisms through which
HR systems influence performance (Kehoe and Wright, 2013; Wright and
Boswell, 2002). Specifically, research shows that there is a direct relationship
between employee attitudes and individual performance as an outcome (Jiang,
Lepak, Hu and Baer, 2012) as well as organisational performance (Tsai, Edwards
and Sengupta, 2010). However, there is scarce literature that analyses the impact
of HPWS on employee perceptions, and how this contributes to their innovative
outcome. The same occurs at organisational level (Shipton, West, Dawson, Birdi,
and Patterson, 2006 and Shipton, West, Parkes, and Dawson, 2006b; Chen and
Wang, 2009).
Besides, authors such as Alfes, Shantz, Truss and Soane (2013:334) claim that ‘the
relationship between HRM practices and behavioural outcomes may be better
explained by a mediating variable which represents a more holistic view of an
individual’s self which includes activated components’. To this respect, in this
Dissertation it is proposed that these mediating variables, which could explain
innovative behaviour, refer to: work engagement, knowledge sharing, and
exploratory learning, as they are considered relevant to achieve performance.
Throughout the next sections, a review is elaborated to extricate the definition of
the concepts and their antecedents and consequences.
High Performance work systems and employee innovative behaviour
37
2.3.1 Innovative Behaviour
There are multiple definitions and innovation typologies. To this respect, Amabile,
Conti, Coon, Lazenby and Herron (1996) defined innovation as the development
and implementation of an idea, which is new and useful for the company.
Similarly, Tidd, Bessant and Pavitt (2005:66) define innovation as ‘a process of
turning opportunity into new ideas and of putting these into widely used practice’.
Zhuang, Williamson and Carter (1999) described innovation as an intervention,
which may be considered completely new, an improvement of an existing product
or system, or a diffusion of an existing innovation into new application. Respect to
the innovation typologies, one of the most accepted highlights that innovation
relates to developing new products and services, production methods and
procedures, production technologies, and administrative changes (OECD-
Eurostat, 2005).
As we highlighted in the introductory section, the concept of innovation is broadly
studied from a macro perspective, but more research is needed at micro level, such
as group and individual levels (West and Farr, 1989). Consequently, research on
these aspects has potentially grown during the last decade or so (For a review see:
Anderson, De Dreu and Nijstad, 2004). The study of innovation at individual level
is relevant, as employees can help to attain organisational success through their
ability to generate ideas and use these ideas to develop new and better products,
services and work processes through their innovative behaviour (De Jong and Den
Hartog, 2007). Individuals are those who start and develop the innovation process.
Besides, considerable evidence highlights that individual creativity and
employees’ innovative behaviour is of great significance to organisational
innovation. As a result, organisationalal effectiveness, efficacy, firm performance
and survival will be enhanced (Amabile, 1996; Nonaka, 1991; Redmond,
Mumford and Teach, 1993; Scott and Bruce, 1994; West, Hirst, Richter and
Shipton, 2004). Therefore, the focus in this Dissertation will be on innovative
behaviour.
Previous studies focused their attention on the relevance of the individual
creativity and innovation and examined what contributes to an employee’s
Chapter 2
38
tendency to generate innovative ideas that eventually lead to innovation (Anderson
et al., 2004). Despite the fact that multiple authors have used creativity and
innovation interchangeably, they are distinct concepts (Amabile et al., 1996;
Anderson et al., 2004; Shalley and Gilson, 2004). Creativity refers to idea
generation (Scott and Bruce, 1994) whilst innovative behaviour covers a broader
range of behaviours than creativity (Parzefall, Seeck, Leppänen, 2008). Innovative
behaviour refers to idea implementation, and is expected to provide a benefit,
resulting from the innovative output (De Jong and Den Hartog, 2007). However,
creativity does not necessarily lead to innovation, whereas every innovation
requires a creative process (Parzefall et al., 2008).
There are multiple definitions of the concept of innovative behaviour (hereafter,
IB); some of them are presented in the paragraphs below.
West and Farr (1989) and West (1989), defined IB as the intentional creation,
introduction and application of new ideas within the work, group or organisational
contexts, in order to improve performance. This definition restricts IB to
intentional efforts to provide beneficially novel outcomes (Janssen, 2005). Farr
and Ford (1990) define IB as an individual’s behaviour that aims to achieve the
initiation and intentional introduction (within a work role, group or organisation)
of new and useful ideas, processes, products or procedures. Scott and Bruce
(1994) posted that IB includes generating (or adapting) novel solutions to
problems, convincing partners to adopt new approaches, and finally implementing
them within the organisation. Janssen (2000:228) defines IB as ’the intentional
creation, introduction and application of new ideas within a work role, group or
organisation in order to benefit role performance, the group or organisation’. All
these definitions consider that innovative behaviour includes novelty, through the
creative process, idea promotion and idea implementation.
A great part of the literature on IB theoretically distinguishes between various
dimensions, which are often linked to different stages of the innovation process.
Majaros (1988) proposes a four-stage definition of innovation process, including:
the development of ideas (idea generation), the checking of compatibility with
company objectives (screening), commercial and technical tests (feasibility) and
High Performance work systems and employee innovative behaviour
39
the commercialisation process (implementation). West (2002) suggests that
innovation is a two-stage process where the first stage involves the generation of a
creative idea (exploration) and the second involves its implementation
(exploitation). Scott and Bruce (1994) framing on Kanter (1988) proposed three
phases relevant to IB, specifically, idea generation, coalition building and
implementation. Later on, De Jong and Den Hartog (2010) proposed that this IB
multi-stage process is decomposed in four dimensions, and labelled them as idea
exploration, idea generation, idea championing, and idea implementation.
Following Scott and Bruce (1994), we conceive IB in the workplace as a complex
behaviour consisting of a set of three different behavioural tasks: idea generation,
idea promotion, and idea implementation. IB begins with problem recognition and
the development of an idea or solution, either novel or adopted in any other
domain (Amabile et al., 1996; Kanter, 1988; Woodman, Sawyer and Griffin,
1993). In the next stage, idea promotion, individuals seek potential supporters of
an idea and attempts to build a coalition of allies who deliver the required power
behind it (Galbraith, 1982; Kanter, 1988). Finally, in the third stage of the
innovation process, idea implementation, the innovative individual completes the
idea by producing a prototype or model of the innovation that can be experienced
and ultimately applied within a work role, a group or the whole organisation
(Kanter, 1988).
Since the foundation of innovation is ideas, and it is people who ‘develop, carry,
react to and modify ideas’ (Van de Ven, 1986:592) the study of factors driving
employee IB is critical. To this respect, literature has developed rich theoretical
and empirical research on a range of individual and contextual factors that foster
creativity and IB.
Individual factors derived from the literature review that have a positive impact on
IB are: commitment (Madjar, Greenberg and Chen, 2011; Thompson and Heron,
2006; Slätten and Mehmetoglu, 2011), trust (Clegg, Unsworth, Epitropaki and
Parker, 2002; Carmeli and Spreitzer, 2009), predisposition toward risk (Madjar et
al., 2011; Ng and Van Dyke, 1996), goal orientation (Hirst, Van Knippenberg, and
Zhou, 2009; Gong, Huang, and Farh, 2009), knowledge and abilities (Amabile,
Chapter 2
40
1996) and intrinsic motivation (Grant and Berry, 2011). However, a series of
different factors have appeared which have not been empirically tested, for
example the link between knowledge, abilities, and IB.
Studies involving contextual factors that are related to IB have focused their
attention on: organisational climate and problem solving style (Scott and Bruce,
1994), job design and complexity (West and Farr, 1990), transformational
leadership and supervision (Basu and Green, 1997; Tierney, 2008; Shin and Zhou,
2003), and social networks (Baer, 2010; Zhou, Shin, Brass, Choi and Zhang,
2009). Theoretically, some Human Resource Practices have been considered as
relevant for creativity and for IB to take place (Kesting and Ulhøi, 2010;
Mumford, 2000; Dul, Ceylan and Jaspers, 2011) but empirical research is limited.
To sum up, this section highlights the relevant role of IB and its impact on
effectiveness and organisations survival. Several conceptualizations and a
description of the stages involving this process are presented. Through this
Dissertation we study IB rather than only creativity, as IB is considered the
combination of the creative process and its implementation; this facilitates the
study of individual IB as a relevant employee outcome. Later on, in the three
studies presented in the next chapters, the relationship of this relevant behaviour
with other relevant perceptions, behaviours and attitudes are specifically presented
for introducing our hypotheses.
2.3.2 Employee Work Engagement
Employee engagement is an emerging and evolving concept in the business,
management, industrial/organisational psychology, and human resource
development fields (Wollard and Shuck, 2011) as it is extremely important for
competitiveness in the contemporary business environment (Konrad, 2006). This
concept has captured the attention of business practitioners, academic researchers
and governments (Yalabik, Popaitoon, Chowne and Rayton, 2013). A meta-
analysis developed by Harter, Schmidt and Hayes (2002) shows that employee
engagement is crucial for any business as it affects productivity, employee
turnover, customer satisfaction, accidents and profits. Recently, some studies
indicates that engagement may be a primary essential mechanism in the workplace
High Performance work systems and employee innovative behaviour
41
that explains an extensive variety of behavioural and attitudinal outcomes
(Schaufeli and Bakker, 2004; Rich, LePine and Crawford 2010; Christian, Garza
and Slaughter, 2011; Macey and Schneider, 2008).
There are multiple definitions of employee engagement; some of them are
presented. One of the first scholars defining this concept was Kahn (1990). He
proposed that engagement represents a state in which employees ‘bring in’ their
personal selves during work role performances, investing personal energy and
experiencing an emotional connection at work. Later on, Schaufeli, Bakker and
Salanova (2006) stated that employee engagement is a positive state, fulfilling,
and a work-related state of mind, which is considered to be the antipode of
burnout. Another definition, given by Shuck and Wollard (2010:103), defined the
term as ‘an individual employee’s cognitive, emotional, and behavioural state
directed toward desired organisational outcomes’.
Initially some scholars stated that employee engagement overlaps with other
constructs as job involvement, job satisfaction and organisational commitment
(Newman and Harrison, 2008; Wefald and Downey, 2009). Despite that these
authors consider that employee engagement comes from other related constructs
(i.e. job satisfaction and commitment), it was demonstrated by Christian et al.
(2011) in a meta-analysis, and later, by Yalabik et al (2013) that employee
engagement, job satisfaction and commitment are different concepts. In both
studies, these scholars offered evidence of the discriminant validity of work
engagement, job satisfaction and affective commitment. From these
considerations, and from other studies (i.e. Bakker and Schaufeli, 2008: Schaufeli
and Bakker, 2010), we can conclude that employee engagement is a unique
construct with its own meaning, as it is described in the next paragraphs.
Employee engagement is a motivational–psychological state that is characterized
by three dimensions: vigour, dedication and absorption (Schaufeli, Salanova,
Gonzalez-Romá, and Bakker, 2002:74; Schaufeli et al., 2006; Salanova and
Schaufeli, 2008). This definition of employee engagement is established and
developed in the Utrecht Work Engagement Scale (UWES). Vigour is
characterized by high levels of energy and mental resilience while working, the
Chapter 2
42
willingness to invest effort in one’s work, and persistence even in the face of
difficulties. Dedication refers to being strongly involved in one’s work and
experiencing a sense of significance, enthusiasm, inspiration, pride, and challenge.
Finally, absorption is characterized by being fully concentrated and happily
engrossed in one’s work, whereby time passes quickly and one has difficulties
with detaching oneself from work.
Similarly, Konrad (2006) posted that employee engagement has three related
components: a cognitive, an emotional, and a behavioural aspect. The cognitive
aspect of employee engagement concerns employees’ beliefs about the
organisation, its leaders, and working conditions. The emotional aspect is about
how employees feel about each of those three factors and whether they have
positive or negative attitudes toward the organisation and its leaders. The
behavioural aspect is the value-added component for the organisation and consists
in the discretionary effort that employees bring to their work in the form of extra
time, brainpower and energy devoted to the task and the firm.
According to Schaufeli et al. (2006:702) ‘engaged employees have a sense of
energetic and effective connection with their work activities, and they see
themselves as able to deal well with the demands of their jobs’. In other words, an
engaged employee is one who is enthusiastic about his/her job, and exerts high
levels of energy in his/her job while not being able to detach from it (May, Gilson
and Harter, 2004; Schaufeli and Bakker, 2004).
Scholars have also focused their attention analysing antecedents and consequences
of employee engagement both at an individual and organisational levels (See
figure 2.2).
Specialised literature has analysed as employee engagement antecedents:
perceived organisational support, perceived supervisor support and organisational
justice (ArunKumar, and Renugadevi, 2013; Saks, 2006; Sparrow and Balain,
2009); job characteristics (Crawford, Rich, Buckman and Bergeron,
2013;ArunKumar and Renugadevi, 2013; Christian, et al., 2011, Kahn, 1992);
rewards and recognition (Kahn, 1990; Maslash, Schaufeli and Leiter, 2001),
autonomy and feedback (Christian et al., 2011; Crawford et al., 2013), leadership,
High Performance work systems and employee innovative behaviour
43
task significance, conscientiousness and positive affect (Christian et al., 2011;)
and opportunities for development (Crawford et al., 2013). Other organisational or
contextual antecedent of employee engagement is HRM, and as it has been
highlighted, scarce research has studied the link between HRM and engagement
(Shuck and Rocco, 2013).
Figure 2.2: Antecedents and consequences of employee engagement
The study of the consequences of employee engagement has also been linked to
positive outcomes both, for individuals and organisations (Kahn, 1992). The
positive outcome variables analysed by the literature refer to: improved job
performance (Bakker and Bal, 2010; Christian et al., 2011; Halbesleben and
Wheeler, 2008; Xanthopoulou, Bakker, Demerouti and Schaufeli, 2009b; Yalabik
et al., 2013), client satisfaction (Salanova, Agut, and Peiró, 2005; Stairs and
Galpin, 2010), organisational citizenship behaviour (Alfes et al, 2013, Rasheed,
Khan, and Ramzan, 2013), lower employee turnover and intention to quit
(Schaufeli and Bakker, 2004; Hakanen, Bakker and Schaufeli, 2006; Saks, 2006;
Bakker and Demerouti, 2008; Halbesleben and Wheeler, 2008), lower
absenteeism, increased employee effort and productivity, improved quality and
lower error rates, increased sales, higher employee retention, and faster business
Organisational antecedents
- Rewards and recognition
- -Job Characteristics
-Autonomy
- Leadership
-Feedback
- Organizational Culture
- HRM
- Opportunities for Developement
Individual antecedents
- - Perceived Organizational Support
- Perceived Supervisor Support
- Perceived Organizational Justice
- Task Significance
- Conscientiousness
- Positive Affect
Organisational consequences
- Client Satisfaction
- Reduced employee turnover
- Financial Returns/ Increased Sales/ Grouth-Success
- Lower Absenteeism
- Higher Employee Retention
- Improved Quality And Reduced Error Rates
Individual consequences
- Job Performance
- Organizational Citizenship Behaviour
- Reduced Intention To Quit
- Increased Employee Effort And Productivity
Source: Own elaboration
Chapter 2
44
growth; and higher likelihood of business success (Stairs and Galpin, 2010) and
financial returns (Xanthopoulou et al, 2009a).
There are other variables as job satisfaction and affective commitment that have
been analysed as antecedents (Yalabik, et al., 2013) and as consequences (Saks,
2006; ArunKumar, and Renugadevi, 2013) of work engagement.
A stronger theoretical reasoning to explain employee engagement can be
established in the social exchange theory (SET). According to this framework,
employees will show different levels of engagement depending on how
appreciated and trusted the organisation makes them feel (Rich et al., 2010).
Employees develop a reciprocal relationship of trust and commitment with their
employers as long as the parties accept certain ‘rules’ of exchange (Cropanzano
and Mitchell, 2005). Hence, SET provides a theoretical foundation to explain the
level of employees’ engagement in their work and organisation. Through high
levels of engagement, employees feel more indebted to bring themselves more
deeply into their role performances as repayment for the resources they receive
from their organisation (Saks, 2006:603).
As it is shown in this section, traditionally the study of employee engagement has
been related to the theoretical development of the concept (employee engagement
dimensions, measurement issues, construct validity, among others) and later on to
the analysis of the antecedents and consequences of employee engagement.
However, further work is necessary. On the one hand, related to the antecedents of
employee engagement, the association between HPWS and other forms of HRM
with engagement (Alfes et al, 2012; 2013) should be analysed; and on the other
hand, the focus should be established on the relationships between work
engagement and its outcomes (Demerouti and Cropanzano, 2010; Halbesleben,
2010). Through this dissertation we want to shed light (study 3) on the study of
how employee perceptions of HPWS foster employee engagement and, showing
how work engagement contributes to stimulating IB.
2.3.3 Knowledge Sharing and Exploratory Learning
Knowledge is the foundation of a firm's competitive advantage and, ultimately, the
primary driver of a firm's value (Bock, Zmud, Kim and Lee, 2005). Employees are
High Performance work systems and employee innovative behaviour
45
those who create, recognise, store, have access, and apply knowledge in carrying
out their tasks (Bock et al, 2005). Therefore knowledge resides within individuals
(Nonaka and Konno, 1998). According to Davenpont and Prusak (1998:4),
knowledge is a fluid mix of framed experience, values, contextual information,
and expert insight that provides a framework for evaluating and incorporating new
experiences and information. Consequently, knowledge is the organisation’s
intellectual capital, of increasing importance in promoting competitive advantage
(Van de Hooff and Huysman, 2009).
Once we have justified that knowledge is relevant for organisational value
creation, the next challenge is to study how it is managed. Researchers have used
different expressions for defining knowledge management. For example,
Davenport and Prusak (1998) defined knowledge management as the process of
capturing, storing, sharing, and using knowledge. Nonaka (1994:15) defined
knowledge as a stock of expertise. Polanyi (1966) classified knowledge into
explicit and tacit. Explicit knowledge is codifiable and transmissible in a formal
language, while tacit knowledge is difficult to codify in formal language and is
specific to an individual.
The knowledge literature is concerned with different kinds of knowledge
processes (using, sharing, integrating, and creating knowledge) in many different
contexts (intra/ inter-firm, intra/inter-unit, inter-employee) (Foss, Husted, and
Michailova, 2010). One of the relevant aspects considered in knowledge
management literature refers to knowledge exchange and knowledge creation; this
last concept is assimilated by the literature as exploratory learning. Hence, this
dissertation is focused on knowledge exchange and exploratory learning processes
that take place in the organisation among employees.
2.3.3.1 Knowledge sharing
Significant research analyses the factors describing knowledge sharing within
organisational boundaries (i.e. Bartol and Srivastava, 2002; Bock et al., 2005;
Husted and Michailova, 2002). Knowledge sharing concerns the willingness of
individuals in an organisation to share with others, the knowledge they have
Chapter 2
46
acquired or created (Gibbert and Krause, 2002). Thus, knowledge sharing is
valuable for organisations as it promotes the constant creation of new knowledge.
Review studies, as the one developed by Foss et al. (2010:458) posted that the
study of knowledge sharing is important for different reasons. Firstly, knowledge
sharing is designed to transform individual knowledge into organisational
knowledge; thus, this concept directly involves the levels issue (individual,
organisational). According to Lin (2007:3) at the individual level, knowledge
sharing takes place talking to co-workers to help them get something done better,
more rapidly, or more efficiently. From an organisational point of view,
knowledge sharing consists in capturing, organising, reusing, and transferring
experience-based knowledge that resides within the organisation and making that
knowledge available to others at a business level. Another reason showing the
outstanding role of knowledge sharing is that it is interesting per se: whilst not all
organisations engage in new knowledge creation processes, it is difficult to
imagine modern organisational life without knowledge sharing processes taking
place.
Research has revealed that sharing knowledge within organisations is a
problematic and complex issue because it involves individual-level decisions and
interactions (Cabrera and Cabrera, 2002). Thus, knowledge sharing is the process
where individuals mutually exchange their (tacit and explicit) knowledge and
jointly create new knowledge (Van den Hooff de De Ridder, 2004). This
definition indicates that all knowledge-sharing behaviour involves both bringing
(and donating) knowledge and getting (or collecting knowledge) (De Vries and
Van den Hooff, 2006). According to Van den Hooff and De Ridder (2004),
knowledge sharing involves two central behaviours: (a) knowledge donating,
communicating one’s personal intellectual capital to others; and (b) knowledge
collecting, consulting others to get them to share their intellectual capital. In this
dissertation we adopt this conceptualisation.
Extensive discussions in literature analyse the importance of a diversity of factors
that are involved in the knowledge sharing process, and the benefits of this process
High Performance work systems and employee innovative behaviour
47
from an organisational perspective (see: van Wijk, Jansen and Lyles, 2008). The
next paragraph presents some of them.
Wang and Noe (2010) identify five groups of factors that influence knowledge
sharing; (1) national culture; (2) organisational context (organisational culture,
management support, incentives and organisational structure); (3) interpersonal
and team characteristics (team processes, diversity, social networks); (4)
individual characteristics; and 5) motivational factors (knowledge ownership,
perceived benefits and costs, interpersonal trust and justice, individual attitudes).
Other aspects that have been considered as drivers of knowledge sharing at
organisational levels refer to climate and culture, dynamic capabilities and
absorptive capacity, among others (for a review, see Foss et al., 2010).
The consequences or benefits on knowledge sharing analysed by the literature
refer to smaller production costs, team performance, innovation capabilities, and
firm performance including sales growth or revenue from new products and
services (Arthur and Huntley, 2005; Collins and Smith, 2006; Lin, 2007; Wang
and Wang, 2012).
Traditionally, literature has focused on analysing knowledge constructs from an
organisational perspective rather than from an individual one (Felin and Foss,
2005; Foss and Michailova, 2009). However, Foss et al. (2010) highlight that
knowledge-sharing antecedents and consequences are clearly rooted in micro-
foundations. Thus, more research is need on the analysis of knowledge sharing
antecedents and consequences at the individual level.
Micro-foundations research aims at decomposing macro-level constructs (e.g.,
organisational performance, absorptive capacity, strategic problem formulation) in
terms of actions and interactions of members at various levels in an organisation
(Foss and Pedersen, 2014). Micro-foundations concept (see figure 2.3) is
developed by Foss (2007) and is built on the work of Coleman (1990). From this
perspective a distinction is made between organisational macro level, and
individual/micro level. Foss and Pedersen (2014:3) explaining Coleman’s (1990)
micro foundations arguments highlighted additional reasons of why micro
foundations are critical. It is suggested that macro-level explanation (i.e.,
Chapter 2
48
explanation of macro phenomena in terms of other macro phenomena) cannot
discriminate between the many potential alternative lower-level explanations of
macro-level behaviour because of a fundamental problem of unobserved
mechanisms. Thus, micro-level mechanisms are the proximate foundations of
macro phenomena. Hence, framing on Coleman’s (1990) arguments, Foss and
Pedersen (2014) posted that explanations that involve the micro level are more
stable, fundamental, and general than macro level explanations.
Figure 2.3: Levels of analysis
Source: Foss et al., 2010
Consequently, it’s important to analyse the phenomenon from its fundamental
constituents, namely individuals (Felin and Foss, 2005) and their interaction, as
this focus may generate novel insights in the organisational-level phenomena
(Stinchcombe, 1991). Yet, the understanding of knowledge sharing antecedents
and consequences remains rather unclear (van Wijk, et al., 2008), and considering
the above arguments, need further development adopting a micro perspective, as it
is done in this Dissertation. In the following paragraphs we explain more in depth
how our work contributes to this end.
Van de Hooff and Huysman, (2009) differentiates between two approaches of
knowledge sharing: the emergence and the engineering perspective. From the
emergence approach, knowledge sharing is not dependent on management
High Performance work systems and employee innovative behaviour
49
intervention; knowledge cannot be directed from the outside (from managers), but
depends on the social capital of a group of people. Consequently, this approach
defends the idea that knowledge sharing is inherently emerging in nature.
However, the engineering perspective assumes that knowledge sharing can be
managed; the core idea of this approach is that management can play a key role by
stimulating and creating an adequate environment that facilitates the process.
From our knowledge, we agree with the engineering perspective as companies can
promote knowledge sharing through different HRM actions (e.g. working in
groups or teams, establishing group incentives, among others).
Van den Hooff and Huysman (2009) defend the idea that management’s role is not
directly influencing knowledge sharing, but it is stimulating and creating
conditions for this emergent process. Through this dissertation (Study 1) we want
to shed light on whether HPWS, as a management system, can stimulate and
create an environment where knowledge sharing process takes place; and also
analyse how this knowledge sharing process stimulates employees’ IB.
2.3.3.2 Exploratory Learning
As it is explained in the above section, exploratory learning is another relevant
knowledge-related concept. Exploratory learning is a type of individual learning
process made up of two complementary dimensions: information acquisition and
information interpretation (Flores, Zheng, Rau and Thomas, 2012). Information
acquisition refers to the process through which an individual acquires information
from internal or external sources (Huber, 1991; Leonard-Barton, 1992) and
through the feedback obtained from past actions (Duncan and Weiss, 1979). With
regard to the second dimension of exploratory learning (information
interpretation) it has to do with the process through which individuals make sense
of the new information that they have acquired (Levinthal and March, 1993) in
order to turn it into a new common knowledge (Daft and Weick, 1984).
Thus, exploration includes behaviours captured by terms such as search, variation,
risk taking, experimentation, play, flexibility, discovery, innovation; while
exploitation includes such other aspects as refinement, choice, production,
efficiency, selection, implementation and execution (March, 1991).
Chapter 2
50
Previous literature using this concept is scarce. We base our second study on
Shipton et al. (2006), who foreground the relevance of HPWS to promote
exploratory learning as a predictor of innovation performance, studying this
relationship from an organisational level. In their work, Shipton et al. (2006)
highlighted the relevance of employees’ exploratory learning through the
acquisition of potentially applicable knowledge and skills and, in so doing,
facilitating innovation. This way, the results of this study put the emphasis on how
HPWS could affect the exploratory attitude of employees and foster, as a result,
innovation performance. However, they didn’t test these relationships empirically.
With this Dissertation we want to shed light on the importance of individuals in
the learning and development process, specifically focusing our second study on
the relevance of individual exploratory learning to foster IB. This is not to say that
the importance and influence of context is overlooked; for this reason it is
important to study the role of HRM from an individual perspective to know how
the HRM context affects individual behaviours.
2.1 CONCLUSIONS OF THE GENERAL THEORETICAL
FRAMEWORK
In this chapter we have described the main concepts and theories involved in this
thesis. Specifically, in the first part of this chapter we have introduced the concept
of HRM, HRM models and perspectives, HRM development and the reasons for
analysing HR- related concepts as HPWS and HRM Process. We have also
defined the traditional theories related to this framework. On the one hand AMO
framework, related to both, HPWS and HRM Process; and on the other hand,
Attribution Theory for explaining HRM Process.
In the second part of the chapter we have introduced the analysis of the
relationship between employee attitudes, behaviours and outcomes. In this part we
define and, briefly discuss the main antecedents and consequences analysed by the
literature that have to do with the main attitudinal and behavioural concepts used
in this Dissertation.
High Performance work systems and employee innovative behaviour
51
In each of the studies developed later in this Dissertation we develop the particular
relationships between concepts and frameworks.
Chapter 2
52
2.2 REFERENCES
Agarwala, T. (2003). Innovative human resource practices and organizational
commitment: an empirical investigation. International Journal of Human
Resource Management, 14:2, 175-197.
Alfes, K., Shantz, A. D., Truss, C., and Soane, E. C. (2013). The link between
perceived human resource management practices, engagement and employee
behaviour: a moderated mediation model. International Journal of Human
Resource Management, 24:2, 330-351.
Amabile, T. (1996). Creativity in context. Westview press.
Amabile, T. M., Conti, R., Coon, H., Lazenby, J., and Herron, M. (1996).
Assessing the work environment for creativity. Academy of Management Journal,
39:5, 1154-1184.
Anderson, N., De Dreu, C. K., and Nijstad, B. A. (2004). The routinization of
innovation research: A constructively critical review of the state-of‐the‐science.
Journal of organizational Behavior, 25:2, 147-173.
Appelbaum, E., and Batt, R. (1994). The new American workplace. Ithaca, NY:
ILR.
Appelbaum, E., Bailey, T., Berg, P. and Kalleberg, A. (2000). Manufacturing
advantage: why high-performance work systems pay off. Ithaca: Cornell
University Press.
Armstrong, M. (2001). Handbook of human resource management practice. Ed.
Armstrong, M. Kogan Page Publishers, London.
Armstrong, M. (2014). Handbook of human resource management practice. Ed.
Armstrong, M. Kogan Page Publishers, London.
Arthur, J. (1994) Effects of Human Resource Systems on Manufacturing
Performance and Turnover. Academy of Management Journal, 37:4, 1994, 670-
687.
High Performance work systems and employee innovative behaviour
53
Arthur, J. B. (1992). The link between business strategy and industrial relations
systems in American steel minimills. Industrial and Labor Relations Review, 45:3,
488-506.
Arthur, J. B., and Boyles, T. (2007). Validating the human resource system
structure: A levels-based strategic HRM approach. Human Resource Management
Review, 17:1, 77-92.
Arthur, J. B., and Huntley, C. L. (2005). Ramping up the organizational learning
curve: Assessing the impact of deliberate learning on organizational performance
under gainsharing. Academy of Management Journal, 48:6, 1159-1170.
ArunKumar, M. K., and Renugadevi, M. R. Antecedents and Consequences of
Employee Engagement-A Hypothetical Approach. Journal of Business and
Management, 9:3, 52-57.
Baer, M. (2010). The strength-of-weak-ties perspective on creativity: A
comprehensive examination and extension. Journal of Applied Psychology, 95:3,
592–601.
Bailey, T. (1993). Organizational innovation in the apparel industry. Industrial
Relations, 32, 30-48.
Bakker, A. B., and Bal, M. P. (2010). Weekly work engagement and performance:
A study among starting teachers. Journal of Occupational and Organizational
Psychology, 83:1, 189-206.
Bakker, A. B., and Demerouti, E. (2008). Towards a model of work engagement.
Career development international, 13:3, 209-223.
Bakker, A. B., and Schaufeli, W. B. (2008). Positive organizational behavior:
Engaged employees in flourishing organizations. Journal of Organizational
Behavior, 29:2, 147-154.
Bambir, D., Drozdová, M., and Horvat, J. (2010). Applicability of Existing HRM
Models in Order to Develop HRIS Model for University. World.
Barney, J.B. (1991) Firm Resources and Sustained Competitive Advantage.
Journal of Management, 17:1, 99–120.
Chapter 2
54
Bartol, K. M., and Srivastava, A. (2002). Encouraging knowledge sharing: The
role of organizational reward systems. Journal of Leadership & Organizational
Studies, 9:1, 64-76.
Basu, R., and Green, S. G. (1997). Leader‐member exchange and transformational
leadership: an empirical examination of innovative behaviors in leader‐member
dyads. Journal of Applied Social Psychology, 27:6, 477-499.
Batt, R. (2002). Managing customer services: Human resource practices, quit
rates, and sales growth. Academy of management Journal, 45:3, 587-597.
Becker, B. E., and Huselid, M. A. (1998). High performance work systems and
firm performance: A synthesis of research and managerial implications. In
Research in personnel and human resource management.
Becker, B. E., Huselid, M. A., Pickus, P. S., and Spratt, M. F. (1997). HR as a
source of shareholder value: Research and recommendations. Human Resource
Management, 36:1, 39-47.
Beer, M., Spector, B., Paul, R., Lawrence, D., Mills, Q., and Richard, E. (1984).
Walton, Managing Human Assets.
Benkhoff, B. (1997). Ignoring commitment is costly: New approaches establish
the missing link between commitment and performance. Human relations, 50:6,
701-726.
Bock, G. W., Zmud, R. W., Kim, Y. G., and Lee, J. N. (2005). Behavioral
intention formation in knowledge sharing: Examining the roles of extrinsic
motivators, social-psychological forces, and organizational climate. MIS quarterly,
87-111.
Boselie, P., Brewster, C., and Paauwe, J. (2009). In search of balance-managing
the dualities of HRM: an overview of the issues. Personnel Review, 38:5, 461-471.
Boselie, P., Dietz, G., and Boon, C. (2005). Commonalities and contradictions in
HRM and performance research. Human Resource Management Journal, 15:3,
67-94.
High Performance work systems and employee innovative behaviour
55
Bowen, D. E., and Ostroff, C. (2004). Understanding HRM–firm performance
linkages: The role of the “strength” of the HRM system. Academy of management
review, 29:2, 203-221.
Boxall, P. (2012). High‐performance work systems: what, why, how and for
whom? Asia Pacific Journal of Human Resources, 50:2, 169-186.
Boxall, P. and Purcell, J. (2008). Strategy and Human Resource Management
(second edition). New York: Palgrave Macmillan.
Boxall, P., and Macky, K. (2007). High-performance work systems and
organisational performance: Bridging theory and practice. Asia Pacific Journal of
Human Resources, 45:3, 261-270.
Boxall, P., and Macky, K. (2009). Research and theory on high‐performance work
systems: progressing the high‐involvement stream. Human Resource Management
Journal, 19:1, 3-23.
Boxall, P., Purcell, J. and Wright, P. (2007) Human Resource Management:
scope, analysis and significance in Boxall, P., Purcell, J. and Wright, P. (eds.) The
Oxford Handbook of Human Resource Management, Oxford: Oxford University
Press.
Boxall, P.F. (1994). Placing HR Strategy at the Heart of Business Success.
Personnel Management, 26:7, 32–35.
Brewster, C. (1993). Developing a ‘European’ model of human resource
management. International Journal of Human Resource Management, 4:4, 765-
784.
Brewster, C. and Larsen, H.H. (1992) Human Resource Management in Europe:
Evidence from ten countries. International Journal of Human Resource
Management, 3:3, 409–433.
Bryson, A., Forth, J. and Kirby, S. (2005). ‘High-involvement management
practices, trade union representation and workplace performance in Britain’.
Scottish Journal of Political Economy, 52: 3, 451–491.
Chapter 2
56
Budhwar, P. and Sparrow, P.R. (1997) Evaluating Levels of Strategic Integration
and Devolvement of Human Resource Management in India. International
Journal of Human Resource Management, 8:4, 476–494.
Cabrera, A., and Cabrera, E. F. (2002). Knowledge-sharing dilemmas.
Organization studies, 23:5, 687-710.
Carmeli, A., and Spreitzer, G. M. (2009). Trust, connectivity, and thriving:
Implications for innovative behaviors at work. The Journal of Creative Behavior,
43:3, 169-191.
Chen, C. J., and Huang, J. W. (2009). Strategic Human Resource Practices and
Innovation Performance – The Mediating Role of Knowledge Management
Capacity. Journal of Business Research, 62:1, 104–114.
Christian, M. S., Garza, A. S., and Slaughter, J. E. (2011). Work engagement: A
quantitative review and test of its relations with task and contextual performance.
Personnel Psychology, 64:1, 89-136.
Clegg, C., Unsworth, K., Epitropaki, O., and Parker, G. (2002). Implicating trust
in the innovation process. Journal of Occupational and Organizational
Psychology, 75:4, 409-422.
Coelho, J. P., Cunha, R. C., Gomes, J. F., and Correia, A. (2012). Developing and
Validating a Measure of the Strength of the HRM System: Operationalizing the
Construct and Relationships among its Dimensions.
Coleman, J. S. (1990). Foundations of Social Theory. Cambridge, MA, and
London: The Belknap Press of Harvard University Press.
Collins, C. J., and Smith, K. G. (2006). Knowledge exchange and combination:
The role of human resource practices in the performance of high-technology firms.
Academy of Management Journal, 49:3, 544-560.
Combs, J., Liu, Y., Hall, A., and Ketchen, D. (2006). How much do high‐
performance work practices matter? A meta‐analysis of their effects on
organizational performance. Personnel Psychology, 59:3, 501-528.
High Performance work systems and employee innovative behaviour
57
Cooke, F.L. (2001). Human resource strategy to improve organizational
performance: A route for firms in Britain? International Journal of Management
Reviews, 3:4, 321–39.
Crawford, E. R., Rich, B. L., Buckman, B., and Bergeron, J. (2013). The
antecedents and drivers of employee engagement. In C. Truss, K. Alfes, R.
Delbridge, A. Shantz, and E. Soane (Eds.), Employee Engagement in Theory and
Practice (pp. 57–81), New York: Routledge.
Cropanzano, R., and Mitchell, M. S. (2005). Social exchange theory: An
interdisciplinary review. Journal of Management, 31:6, 874-900.
Daft, R. L., and Weick, K. E. (1984). Toward a model of organizations as
interpretation systems. Academy of Management Review, 9:2, 284-295.
Datta, D. K., Guthrie, J. P., and Wright, P. M. (2005). Human resource
management and labor productivity: does industry matter? Academy of
Management Journal, 48:1, 135-145.
Davenport, T. H., and Prusak, L. (1998). Working knowledge: How organizations
manage what they know. Harvard Business Press.
De Cieri, H. and Kramar, R. (2008). Human Resource Management in Australia,
Sydney: McGraw-Hill.
De Jong, J. P., and Den Hartog, D. N. (2007). How leaders influence employees'
innovative behaviour. European Journal of innovation management, 10:1, 41-64.
De Jong, J., and Den Hartog, D. (2010). Measuring innovative work behaviour.
Creativity and Innovation Management, 19:1, 23-36.
De Vries, R. E., Van den Hooff, B., and de Ridder, J. A. (2006). Explaining
knowledge sharing the role of team communication styles, job satisfaction, and
performance beliefs. Communication Research, 33:2, 115-135.
De Winne, S., Delmotte, J., Gilbert, C. and Sels, L. (2013). Comparing and
explaining HR department effectiveness assessments: Evidence from line
managers and trade union representatives. International Journal of Human
Resource Management, 24:8, 1708-1735.
Chapter 2
58
Delery, J. E., and Doty, D. H. (1996). Modes of theorizing in strategic human
resource management: Tests of universalistic, contingency, and configurational
performance predictions. Academy of Management Journal, 39:4, 802-835.
Delery, J. E., and Shaw, J. D. (2001). The strategic management of people in work
organizations: Review, synthesis, and extension. Ferris, Gerald R. (Ed). Research
in personnel and human resources management, Vol 20. Research in personnel
and human resources management. Vol 20, (pp. 165-197). US: Elsevier
Science/JAI Press.
Delmotte, J., De Winne, S. and Sels, L. (2011). Towards an assessment of
perceived HRM system strength: Scale development and validation. International
Journal of Human Resource Management, 23, 1481 – 1506.
Demerouti, E., and Cropanzano, R. (2010). From thought to action: Employee
work engagement and job performance. Work engagement: A handbook of
essential theory and research, 147-163.
Den Hartog, D. N., Boon, C., Verburg, R. M., and Croon, M. A. (2013). HRM,
Communication, Satisfaction, and Perceived Performance A Cross-Level Test.
Journal of Management, 39:6, 1637-1665.
Dessler, G. (2007). Human Resource Management. Prentice Hall.
Dul, J., Ceylan, C., and Jaspers, F. (2011). Knowledge workers' creativity and the
role of the physical work environment. Human Resource Management, 50:6, 715-
734.
Duncan, R. B., and Weiss, A. Organizational learning: Implications for
organizational design. In B. Staw (Ed.), Research in organizational behavior (Vol.
1). Greenwich, Conn.: JAI Press, 1979, 75-123.
Dyer, L., and Reeves, T. (1995). Human resource strategies and firm performance:
what do we know and where do we need to go? International Journal of Human
Resource Management, 6:3, 656-670.
Ehrnrooth, M., and Björkman, I. (2012): The HRM process, employee
performance and workload: A study of the mechanisms of HRM's influence.
Journal of Management Studies, 49:6, 1109–1135.
High Performance work systems and employee innovative behaviour
59
Evans, W. R., and Davis, W. D. (2005). High-performance work systems and
organizational performance: The mediating role of internal social structure.
Journal of Management, 31:5, 758-775.
Farr, J. L., and Ford, C. M. (1990). Individual innovation.
Felin, T., and Foss, N. J. (2005). Strategic organization: A field in search of micro-
foundations. Strategic organization, 3:4, 441.
Fiske, S. X, and Taylor, S. E. (1991). Social cognition (2nd ed.). New Y ork:
McGraw-Hill.
Flores, L. G., Zheng, W., Rau, D., and Thomas, C. H. (2012). Organizational
learning subprocess identification, construct validation, and an empirical test of
cultural antecedents. Journal of Management, 38:2, 640-667.
Fombrun, C. J., Tichy, N. M., and Devanna, M. A. (1984). Strategic human
resource management. John Wiley and Sons New York.
Foss, N. J. (2007). The emerging knowledge governance approach: Challenges
and characteristics. Organization, 14:1, 29-52.
Foss, N. J., and Michailova, S. (Eds.). (2009). Knowledge Governance: Processes
and Perspectives: Processes and Perspectives. Oxford University Press.
Foss, N. J., and Pedersen, T. (2014). Microfoundations in strategy research.
Strategic Management Journal. doi: 10.1002/smj.2362.
Foss, N. J., Husted, K., and Michailova, S. (2010). Governing knowledge sharing
in organizations: Levels of analysis, governance mechanisms, and research
directions. Journal of Management studies, 47:3, 455-482.
Galbraith, J. R. (1982). Designing the innovating organization. Organizational
Dynamics, 10, 5–25.
Gibbert, M., and Krause, H. (2002). Practice exchange in a best practice
marketplace. Knowledge management case book: Siemens best practices, 89-105.
Gittell, J. H., Seidner, R., and Wimbush, J. (2010). A relational model of how
high-performance work systems work. Organization Science, 21:2, 490-506.
Chapter 2
60
Gong, Y., Huang, J. C., and Farh, J. L. (2009). Employee learning orientation,
transformational leadership, and employee creativity: The mediating role of
employee creative self-efficacy. Academy of Management Journal, 52:4, 765-778.
Gould-Williams, J., and Mohamed, R. B. (2010). A comparative study of the
effects of ‘best practice’ HRM on worker outcomes in Malaysia and England local
government. International Journal of Human Resource Management, 21:5, 653-
675.
Grant, A. M., and Berry, J. W. (2011). The necessity of others is the mother of
invention: Intrinsic and prosocial motivations, perspective taking, and creativity.
Academy of Management Journal, 54:1, 73-96.
Gratton, L., Hope-Hailey, V., Stiles, P., and Truss, C. (1999). Strategic human
resource management: corporate rhetoric and human reality. Oxford University
Press.
Guest, D. E. (1987). Human Resource Management and Industrial Relations.
Journal of management Studies, 24:5, 503-521.
Guest, D. E. (2007). HRM and the Worker: Towards a New Psychological
Contract? [Online]. In: Boxall, Peter (Editor); Purcell, John (Editor); Wright,
Patrick (Editor). Oxford Handbook of Human Resource Management, The.
Oxford; New York: Oxford University Press: 128-146. Oxford handbooks in
business and management. Availability:
<http://search.informit.com.au/documentSummary;dn=990174132379510;res=IE
LBUS> ISBN: 019928251X. [Cited 21 Feb 15].
Guest, D.E. (1997). Human resource management and performance: a review and
research agenda. International Journal of Human Resource Management, 8:3,
263-276,
Guthrie, J. (2001). The management, measurement and the reporting of
intellectual capital. Journal of Intellectual capital, 2:1, 27-41.
Guthrie, J. P., Spell, C. S., and Nyamori, R. O. (2002). Correlates and
consequences of high involvement work practices: the role of competitive
strategy. International Journal of Human Resource Management, 13:1, 183-197.
High Performance work systems and employee innovative behaviour
61
Haggerty, J., and Wright, P. (2010). Strong situations and firm performance: A
proposed re-conceptualization of the role of the HR function, strong situations and
firm performance. In A. Wilkinson, N. Bacon, T. Redman, and S. Snell (Eds.), The
Sage handbook of human resource management (pp. 100–114). London, UK:
Sage.
Hakanen, J. J., Bakker, A. B., and Schaufeli, W. B. (2006). Burnout and work
engagement among teachers. Journal of school psychology, 43:6, 495-513.
Halbesleben, J. R. (2010). A meta-analysis of work engagement: Relationships
with burnout, demands, resources, and consequences. Work engagement: A
handbook of essential theory and research, 102-117.
Halbesleben, J. R., and Wheeler, A. R. (2008). The relative roles of engagement
and embeddedness in predicting job performance and intention to leave. Work &
Stress, 22:3, 242-256.
Harter, J. K., Schmidt, F. L., and Hayes, T. L. (2002). Business-unit-level
relationship between employee satisfaction, employee engagement, and business
outcomes: a meta-analysis. Journal of applied psychology, 87:2, 268.
Hendry, C. and Pettigrew, A. (1990). Human Resource Management: an agenda
for the 1990s. International Journal of Human Resource Management, 1:1, 17–43.
Hirst, G., Van Knippenberg, D., and Zhou, J. (2009). A cross-level perspective on
employee creativity: Goal orientation, team learning behavior, and individual
creativity. Academy of Management Journal, 52:2, 280-293.
Horgan, J. and Mühlau. P. (2006). Human resource systems and employee
performance in Ireland and the Netherlands: A test of the complementarity
hypothesis. International Journal of Human Resource Management, 17:3, 414–
439.
Huber, G. P. (1991). Organizational learning: The contributing processes and the
literatures. Organization science, 2:1, 88-115.
Huselid, M. A. (1995). The impact of human resource management practices on
turnover, productivity, and corporate financial performance. Academy of
Management Journal, 38:3, 635-672.
Chapter 2
62
Husted, K., and Michailova, S. (2002). Diagnosing and fighting knowledge-
sharing hostility. Organizational dynamics, 31:1, 60-73.
Janssen, O. (2000). Job demands, perceptions of effort‐reward fairness and
innovative work behaviour. Journal of Occupational and organizational
psychology, 73:3, 287-302.
Janssen, O. (2005). The joint impact of perceived influence and supervisor
supportiveness on employee innovative behaviour. Journal of occupational and
organizational psychology, 78:4, 573-579.
Jiang, K., Lepak, DP, Hu, J., and Baer, J.C. (2012). How does human resource
management influence organizational outcomes? A meta-analytic investigation of
mediating mechanisms. Academy of Management Journal, 55:6, 1264-1294.
Kahn, W. A. (1990). Psychological conditions of personal engagement and
disengagement at work. Academy of Management Journal, 33:4, 692-724.
Kahn, W. A. (1992). To be fully there: Psychological presence at work. Human
Relations, 45, 321–349.
Kanter, R. (1988). When a thousand flowers bloom: Structural, collective, and
social conditions for innovation in organizations. In B.M. Staw and L.L.
Cummings (Eds.), Research in Organizational Behavior, vol 10, 169-211.
Greenwich, CT: JAI Press.
Katou, A. A., Budhwar, P. S., and Patel, C. (2014). Content vs. Process in the
HRM‐Performance Relationship: An Empirical Examination. Human Resource
Management, 53:4, 527-544.
Kehoe, R. R., and Wright, P. M. (2013). The impact of high-performance human
resource practices on employees’ attitudes and behaviors. Journal of Management,
39:2, 366-391.
Kelley, H. H. (1973). The processes of causal attribution. American psychologist,
28:2, 107.
Kesting, P., and Parm Ulhøi, J. (2010). Employee-driven innovation: extending
the license to foster innovation. Management Decision, 48:1, 65-84.
High Performance work systems and employee innovative behaviour
63
Khilji, S. E., and Wang, X. (2006). Intended’and ‘implemented’HRM: the missing
link in strategic human resource management research. The International Journal
of Human Resource Management, 17:7, 1171-1189.
Konrad, A. M. (2006). Engaging employees through high-involvement work
practices. Ivey Business Journal, 70:4, 1-6.
Lawler III, E. E. (1986). High-Involvement Management. Participative Strategies
for Improving Organizational Performance. Jossey-Bass Inc., Publishers, 350.
Sansome Street, San Francisco, CA 94104.
Lawler, E.E.(1992). The ultimate advantage. San Francisco: Jossey-Bass.
Legge, K (1998) The morality of HRM, in (eds) C Mabey, D Skinner and T Clark,
Experiencing Human Resource Management, Sage, London
Lengnick-Hall, M. L., Lengnick-Hall, C. A., Andrade, L. S., & Drake, B. (2009).
Strategic human resource management: The evolution of the field. Human
Resource Management Review, 19:2, 64-85.
Leonard-Barton, D. (1990). Modes of Technology Transfer within Organizations:
Point-to-Point versus Diffusion, Harvard Business School.
Lepak, D. P., Liao, H., Chung, Y., and Harden, E. E. (2006). A conceptual review
of human resource management systems in strategic human resource management
research. Research in personnel and human resources management, 25:1, 217-
271.
Levinthal, D. A., and March, J. G. (1993). The myopia of learning. Strategic
management journal, 14:S2, 95-112.
Lin, H. F. (2007). Effects of extrinsic and intrinsic motivation on employee
knowledge sharing intentions. Journal of information science.
doi:10.1177/0165551506068174.
Mabey, C., Salaman, G., and Storey, J. (1998). Human resource management: A
strategic introduction. Blackwell Publishing.
Chapter 2
64
MacDuffie, J. P. (1995). Human resource bundles and manufacturing
performance: Organizational logic and flexible production systems in the world
auto industry. Industrial and labor relations review, 48:2, 197-221.
Macey, W. H., and Schneider, B. (2008). The meaning of employee engagement.
Industrial and organizational psychology, 1:1, 3-30.
Macky, K., and Boxall, P. (2007). The relationship between ‘high-performance
work practices’ and employee attitudes: an investigation of additive and
interaction effects. The International Journal of Human Resource Management,
18:4, 537-567.
Macky, K., and Boxall, P. (2008). High-involvement work processes, work
intensification and employee well-being: A study of New Zealand worker
experiences. Asia Pacific Journal of Human Resources, 46:1, 38-55.
Madjar, N., Greenberg, E., and Chen, Z. (2011). Factors for radical creativity,
incremental creativity, and routine, noncreative performance. Journal of Applied
Psychology, 96:4, 730.
Majaro, S. (1988). Managing Ideas for Profit, McGraw-Hill, Maidenhead.
March, J. G. (1991). Exploration and exploitation in organizational learning.
Organization science, 2:1, 71-87.
Martín-Alcázar, F., Romero-Fernandez, P. M. and Sanchez-Gardey, G. (2005).
Strategic human resource management: integrating the universalistic, contingent,
configurational and contextual perspectives. International Journal of Human
Resource Management, 16:5, 633-659.
Maslach, C., Schaufeli, W. B., and Leiter, M. P. (2001). Job burnout. Annual
review of psychology, 52:1, 397-422.
May, D. R., Gilson, R. L., and Harter, L. M. (2004). The psychological conditions
of meaningfulness, safety and availability and the engagement of the human spirit
at work. Journal of occupational and organizational psychology, 77:1, 11-37.
High Performance work systems and employee innovative behaviour
65
Messersmith, J. G., Patel, P. C., Lepak, D. P., and Gould-Williams, J. S. (2011).
Unlocking the black box: exploring the link between high-performance work
systems and performance. Journal of Applied Psychology, 96:6, 1105-1118.
Mischel, W. (1973). Toward a cognitive social learning reconceptualization of
personality. Psychological review, 80:4, 252.
Mumford, M. D. (2000). Managing creative people: Strategies and tactics for
innovation. Human Resource Management Review, 10:3, 313-351.
Neal, A., West, M. A., and Patterson, M. G. (2005). Do organizational climate and
competitive strategy moderate the relationship between human resource
management and productivity? Journal of Management, 31:4, 492-512.
Newman, D. A., and Harrison, D. A. (2008). Been there, bottled that: are state and
behavioral work engagement new and useful construct “wines”? Industrial and
Organizational Psychology, 1:1, 31-35.
Ng, K. Y., and Van Dyne, L. (2001). Individualism-collectivism as a boundary
condition for effectiveness of minority influence in decision making.
Organizational behavior and human decision processes, 84:2, 198-225.
Nishii, L. H. and Wright, P. M. (2007). Variability within organizations:
Implications for strategic human management (CAHRS Working Paper #07-02).
Ithaca, NY: Cornell University, School of Industrial and Labor Relations, Center
for Advanced Human Resource Studies.
http://digitalcommons.ilr.cornell.edu/cahrswp/ 467.
Nishii, L. H., Lepak, D. P., and Schneider, B. (2008). Employee attributions of the
“why” of HR practices: Their effects on employee attitudes and behaviors, and
customer satisfaction. Personnel psychology, 61:3, 503-545.
Nishii, L.H., and Wright, P. (2008). Variability at multiple levels of analysis:
Implications for strategic human resource management. In D.B. Smith (Ed.). The
people make the place. Mahwah, NJ: Lawrence Erlbaum Associates.
Nonaka, I. (1991). The knowledge-creating company. Harvard business review,
69:6, 96-104.
Chapter 2
66
Nonaka, I. (1994). A dynamic theory of organizational knowledge creation.
Organization science, 5:1, 14-37.
Nonaka, I., Konno, N., and Toyama, R. (2001). Emergence of “ba”.Knowledge
emergence: Social, technical, and evolutionary dimensions of knowledge creation,
1, 13-29.
OECD, Eurostat. (2005). Oslo Manual. Proposed Guidelines for Collecting and
Interpreting Innovation Data, 3rd Edition. Paris.
Ostroff, C., and Bowen, D. E. (2000). Moving HR to a higher level: HR practices
and organizational effectiveness. Klein, Katherine J. (Ed); Kozlowski, Steve W. J.
(Ed), (2000). Multilevel theory, research, and methods in organizations:
Foundations, extensions, and new directions. , (pp. 211-266). San Francisco, CA,
US: Jossey-Bass.
Paauwe, J. (2009). HRM and performance: Achievements, methodological issues
and prospects. Journal of Management Studies, 46:1, 129-142.
Parzefall, M. R., Seeck, H., and Leppänen, A. (2008). Employee innovativeness in
organizations: a review of the antecedents. Finnish Journal of Business
Economics, 2:8, 165-182.
Patterson, M., Warr, P., and West, M. (2004). Organizational climate and
company productivity: The role of employee affect and employee level. Journal of
Occupational and Organizational Psychology, 77:2, 193-216.
Payne, R. L. 2000. Culture and climate: How close can they get? In N. M.
Ashkanasy, C. P. M. Wilderom, and M. F. Peterson (Eds.), Handbook of
organizational culture and climate: 163-176. Thousand Oaks, CA: Sage.
Pfeffer, J. (1994). Competitive advantage through people. Boston: Harvard
Business School Press.
Pfeffer, J. (1998). The human equation: Building profits by putting people first.
USA, Harvard Business Press.
High Performance work systems and employee innovative behaviour
67
Piening, E. P., Baluch, A. M., and Ridder, H. G. (2014). Mind the Intended‐
Implemented Gap: Understanding Employees’ Perceptions of HRM. Human
Resource Management, 53:4, 545-567.
Polanyi, M. (1966). The logic of tacit inference. Philosophy, 41:155, 1-18.
Rasheed, A., Khan, S., and Ramzan, M. (2013). Antecedents and Consequences of
Employee Engagement: The Case of Pakistan. Journal of Business Studies
Quarterly, 4:4, 183-200.
Redmond, M. R., Mumford, M. D., and Teach, R. (1993). Putting creativity to
work: Effects of leader behavior on subordinate creativity. Organizational
Behavior and Human Decision Processes, 55:1, 120–51.
Rich, B. L., Lepine, J. A., and Crawford, E. R. (2010). Job engagement:
Antecedents and effects on job performance. Academy of Management Journal,
53:3, 617-635.
Rodrigues-Ribeiro, T., Pinto-Coelho, J., and Gomes, J. F. (2011). HRM strength,
situation strength and improvisation behavior. Management Research: Journal of
the Iberoamerican Academy of Management, 9:2, 118-136.
Saks, A. M. (2006). Antecedents and consequences of employee engagement.
Journal of managerial psychology, 21:7, 600-619.
Salanova, M., Agut, S., and Peiro, J. M. (2005). Linking organizational resources
and work engagement to employee performance and customer loyalty: the
mediation of service climate. Journal of Applied Psychology, 90:6, 1217.
Salanova, M., and Schaufeli, W. B. (2008). A cross-national study of work
engagement as a mediator between job resources and proactive behaviour.
International Journal of Human Resource Management, 19:1, 116-131.
Sanders, K., Dorenbosch, L., and de Reuver, R. (2008). The impact of individual
and shared employee perceptions of HRM on affective commitment: Considering
climate strength. Personnel Review, 37:4, 412-425.
Chapter 2
68
Sanders, K., Shipton, H., and Gomes, J. F. (2014). Guest Editors’ Introduction: Is
the HRM Process Important? Past, Current, and Future Challenges. Human
Resource Management, 53:4, 489-503.
Sanders, K., Yang, H and Kim, S. (2012). The Moderating Effect of Employees’
HR Attribution on HRM–Employee Outcomes Linkages. In Academy of
Management Annual Meeting (pp. 1-38).
Schaufeli, W. B., and Bakker, A. B. (2004). Job demands, job resources, and their
relationship with burnout and engagement: A multi‐sample study. Journal of
organizational Behavior, 25:3, 293-315.
Schaufeli, W. B., and Bakker, A. B. (2010). Defining and measuring work
engagement: Bringing clarity to the concept. Work engagement: A handbook of
essential theory and research, 10-24.
Schaufeli, W. B., Bakker, A. B., and Salanova, M. (2006). The measurement of
work engagement with a short questionnaire a cross-national study. Educational
and psychological Measurement, 66:4, 701-716.
Schaufeli, W. B., Salanova, M., González-Romá, V., and Bakker, A. B. (2002).
The measurement of engagement and burnout: A two sample confirmatory factor
analytic approach. Journal of Happiness studies, 3:1, 71-92.
Schein, E. H. (1984). Coming to a new awareness of organizational culture. Sloan
management review, 25:2, 3-16.
Schuler, R. S. (1992). Strategic human resources management: Linking the people
with the strategic needs of the business. Organizational Dynamics, 21:1, 18-32.
Scott, S. G., and Bruce, R. A. (1994). Determinants of innovative behavior: A path
model of individual innovation in the workplace. Academy of Management
Journal, 37:3, 580-607.
Shalley, C. E., and Gilson, L. L. (2004). What leaders need to know: A review of
social and contextual factors that can foster or hinder creativity. The Leadership
Quarterly, 15:1, 33-53.
High Performance work systems and employee innovative behaviour
69
Shin, S. J., and Zhou, J. (2003). Transformational leadership, conservation, and
creativity: Evidence from Korea. Academy of Management Journal, 46:6, 703-
714.
Shipton, H., West, M. A., Dawson, J. F., Birdi, K., and Patterson, M. G. (2006a).
HRM as a predictor of innovation. Human Resource Management Journal, 16:1,
3-27.
Shipton, H.J., West. M.A., Parkes, C.L., and Dawson, J.F. (2006b). When
promoting positive feelings pays: Aggregate job satisfaction, work design features
and innovation in manufacturing organizations. European Journal of Work and
Organizational Psychology, 15:4, 404-430.
Shuck, B., and Rocco, T. (2013). HRD and employee engagement. Employee
Engagement in Theory and Practice.
Shuck, B., and Wollard, K. (2010). Employee engagement and HRD: A seminal
review of the foundations. Human Resource Development Review, 9:1, 89-110.
Slåtten, T., and Mehmetoglu, M. (2011). Antecedents and effects of engaged
frontline employees: A study from the hospitality industry. Managing Service
Quality: An International Journal, 21:1, 88-107.
Sparrow, P.R., and Balain, S. (2010). Engaging HR strategists: Do the logics
match the realities? In Albrecht, S. (Ed.) The handbook of employee engagement:
Models, measures and practice (pp. 263-296). London, UK: Edward-Elgar.
Stairs, M., and Galpin, M. (2010). Positive engagement: From employee
engagement to workplace happiness. Oxford handbook of positive psychology and
work, pp. 155-172.
Stinchcombe, A. (1991). The conditions of fruitfulness of theorizing about
mechanisms in social science. Philosophy of Social Science, 21:3, 367–88.
Storey, J. (1989). New perspectives on human resource management. Ed J. Storey,
Routledge, London.
Chapter 2
70
Sun, L. Y., Aryee, S., and Law, K. S. (2007). High-performance human resource
practices, citizenship behavior, and organizational performance: A relational
perspective. Academy of Management Journal, 50:3, 558-577.
Thompson, M., and Heron, P. (2006). Relational quality and innovative
performance in R&D based science and technology firms. Human Resource
Management Journal, 16:1, 28-47.
Tidd, J., Bessant, J., and Pavitt, K. (2005). Managing innovation: integrating
technological, managerial organizational change. New York.
Tierney, P. (2008). Leadership and employee creativity. In J. Zhou, and C. E.
Shalley (Eds.), Handbook of organizational creativity (pp. 95–123). New York:
Erlbaum.
Torrington, D., Hall, L. and Taylor, S. (2005) Human Resource Management.
Harlow: Financial Times.
Truss, C. (1999). Soft and hard models of human resource management, In
Strategic human resource management. Ed L. Gratton, V. Hope-Hailey, P. Stiles,
and C. Truss. Oxford University Press: Oxford.
Truss, C., Gratton, L., Hope-Hailey, V., McGovern, P. and Stiles, P. (1997), Soft
and Hard Models of Human Resource Management: A Reappraisal. Journal of
Management Studies, 34:1, 53–73.
Tsai, C. J., Edwards, P., and Sengupta, S. (2010). The associations between
organisational performance, employee attitudes and human resource management
practices. Journal of General Management, 36:1, 1-20.
Tsui, A., and Wang, D. (2002). Employment relationships from the employer's
perspective: Current research and future directions. International review of
industrial and organizational psychology, 17, 77-114.
Van de Ven, A. H. (1986). Central problems in the management of innovation.
Management science, 32:5, 590-607.
High Performance work systems and employee innovative behaviour
71
Van De Voorde, K., and Beijer, S. (2015). The role of employee HR attributions
in the relationship between high‐performance work systems and employee
outcomes. Human Resource Management Journal, 25:1, 62-78.
Van De Voorde, K., Paauwe, J., and Van Veldhoven, M. (2012). Employee Well‐
being and the HRM–Organizational Performance Relationship: A Review of
Quantitative Studies. International Journal of Management Reviews, 14:4, 391-
407.
van den Hooff, B., and De Ridder, J. A. (2004). Knowledge sharing in context: the
influence of organizational commitment, communication climate and CMC use on
knowledge sharing. Journal of knowledge management, 8:6, 117-130.
van den Hooff, B., and Huysman, M. (2009). Managing knowledge sharing:
Emergent and engineering approaches. Information & Management, 46:1, 1-8.
Van Wijk, R., Jansen, J. J., and Lyles, M. A. (2008). Inter‐and intra‐organizational
knowledge transfer: a meta‐analytic review and assessment of its antecedents and
consequences. Journal of Management Studies, 45:4, 830-853.
Wang, S., and Noe, R. A. (2010). Knowledge sharing: A review and directions for
future research. Human Resource Management Review, 20:2, 115-131.
Wang, Z., and Wang, N. (2012). Knowledge sharing, innovation and firm
performance. Expert systems with applications, 39:10, 8899-8908.
Watson, T. J. (2010). Critical social science, pragmatism and the realities of HRM.
International journal of human resource management, 21:6, 915-931.
Way, S. A. (2002). High performance work systems and intermediate indicators of
firm performance within the US small business sector. Journal of Management,
28:6, 765- 785.
Wefald, A. J., and Downey, R. G. (2009). Construct dimensionality of engagement
and its relation with satisfaction. The Journal of Psychology, 143, 91-112.
West, M. A. (1989). Innovation among health care professionals. Social Behavior,
4, 173–184.
Chapter 2
72
West, M. A. (2002). Sparkling fountains or stagnant ponds: An integrative model
of creativity and innovation implementation in work groups. Applied Psychology:
An International Review, 51:3, 355–387.
West, M. A., and Farr, J. L. (1989). Innovation at work: Psychological
perspectives. Social Behaviour.
West, M. A., Hirst, G., Richter, A., and Shipton, H. (2004). Twelve steps to
heaven: Successfully managing change through developing innovative teams.
European journal of work and organizational psychology, 13:2, 269-299.
West, M.A. and Farr, (1990), (Eds), "Innovation at work", in Innovation and
Creativity at Work: Psychological and Organizational Strategies, Wiley,
Chichester, pp. 3-13.
Wollard, K. K., and Shuck, B. (2011). Antecedents to Employee Engagement A
Structured Review of the Literature. Advances in Developing Human Resources,
13:4, 429-446.
Wood, S., and Albanese, M. T. (1995). Can we speak of a high commitment
management on the shop floor? Journal of Management Studies, 32:2, 215-247.
Wood, S., and De Menezes, L. (1998). High commitment management in the UK:
Evidence from the workplace industrial relations survey, and employers'
manpower and skills practices survey. Human Relations, 51:4, 485-515.
Wood, S., and Wall, T. (2002). Human Resource Management and Business
Performance. Warr, Peter (Ed), (2002). Psychology at work (5th ed.), (pp. 351-
374). New York, NY, US: Penguin Press, xvi, 452 pp.
Woodman, R. W., Sawyer, J. E., and Griffin, R. W. (1993). Toward a theory of
organizational creativity. Academy of Management Review, 18:2, 293-321.
Wright, P. M. and Nishii, L. H. (2007). Strategic HRM and organizational
behavior: Integrating multiple levels of analysis (CAHRS Working Paper #07-03).
Ithaca, NY: Cornell University, School of Industrial and Labor Relations, Center
for Advanced Human Resource Studies.
High Performance work systems and employee innovative behaviour
73
Wright, P. M., and Boswell, W. R. (2002). Desegregating HRM: A review and
synthesis of micro and macro human resource management research. Journal of
management, 28:3, 247-276.
Wright, P., and van de Voorde, K. (2009). Multilevel issues in IHRM: mean
differences, explained variance, and moderated relationships. Handbook of
international human resource management: integrating people, process, and
context, 29-40.
Wright, P.M. and Nishii, L.H. (2004). Strategic HRM and organizational
behaviour: integrating multiple levels of analysis. Working paper presented at the
International seminar on HRM: What’s Next? Organized by the Erasmus
University Rotterdam, June 2004.
Xanthopoulou, D., Bakker, A. B., Demerouti, E., and Schaufeli, W. B. (2009a).
Work engagement and financial returns: A diary study on the role of job and
personal resources. Journal of Occupational and Organizational Psychology, 82,
183–200.
Xanthopoulou, D., Bakker, A. B., Demerouti, E., and Schaufeli, W. B. (2009b).
Reciprocal relationships between job resources, personal resources, and work
engagement. Journal of Vocational behavior, 74:3, 235-244.
Xiao, Z., and Björkman, I. (2006). High commitment work systems in Chinese
organizations: A preliminary measure. Management and Organization Review,
2:3, 403-422.
Yalabik, Z. Y., Popaitoon, P., Chowne, J. A., and Rayton, B. A. (2013). Work
engagement as a mediator between employee attitudes and outcomes. The
International Journal of Human Resource Management, 24:14, 2799-2823.
Zacharatos, A., Barling, J., and Iverson, R. D. (2005). High-performance work
systems and occupational safety. Journal of Applied Psychology, 90:1, 77–84.
Zhou, J., Shin, S. J., Brass, D. J., Choi, J., and Zhang, Z. X. (2009). Social
networks, personal values, and creativity: evidence for curvilinear and interaction
effects. Journal of Applied Psychology, 94:6, 1544.
Chapter 2
74
Zhuang, L., Williamson, D., and Carter, M. (1999). Innovate or liquidate-are all
organisations convinced? A two-phased study into the innovation process.
Management Decision, 37:1, 57-71.
High Performance work systems and employee innovative behaviour
75
Chapter 3:
GENERAL METHODOLOGY
Chapter 3
76
High Performance work systems and employee innovative behaviour
77
3.1 INTRODUCTION OF THE GENERAL METHODOLOGY
In this Dissertation we follow a positivist approach, based on the principle that
meaningful phenomena can only be studied if it is based on something that can be
observed and quantified (Coolican, 2014). The rationale is that in the analysis of
the phenomenon we wish to explain, the data is collected from the real world to
test our hypothesis about that phenomenon. Through this Thesis employee’
attitudes, behaviours and perceptions can be studied and better understood.
Testing hypotheses involve building statistical models of the phenomenon of
interest, statistically valid to reach conclusions that are quantifiable and possibly
generalizable (Anderson, 2009).
The empirical part of this Dissertation is based in two different projects. Chapter 4
and 5 are based on the first project. In these studies, the sample includes
knowledge intensive employees; specifically employees working in research
institutes and in the public university of Valencia. On the other hand, Chapter 6 is
based on the results of an International Research Project in collaboration with
Nottingham Trent University’s Business School, which allowed access to a less
common sample referred to employees working in four companies located in
Nigeria and Tanzania.
In this section, several methodological aspects are developed: a general
characterization of the sample, the process used for collecting the data, an
explanation about the creation of the survey as a research tool, the variable
measurement, and the statistical techniques involved in this Thesis, as each study
presents its individual empirical analysis
3.2 SAMPLE CONTEXT AND DATA COLLECTION
3.2.1 Context of Researchers’ sample
The context of the sample used (Study 1 and 2) in this Dissertation is the
University of Valencia (henceforth, UV). Today’s UV is the outcome of more than
five centuries of history that has led to the accumulation of knowledge and unique
documentary treasures, making it one of the top Spanish universities1. UV is a
1 http://www.uv.es/uvweb/universidad/es/universitat/conocenos/historia-1285853103887.html
Chapter 3
78
public university and initially its main knowledge areas were Medicine,
Humanities, Theology and Law. However, nowadays, it is involved in almost all
academic disciplines: Arts and Humanities, Engineering, Health Science, Science,
and Social Science. It covers undergraduate studies, postgraduate courses, official
masters and PhD programs. This evolution has turned the UV into a modern and
global university. It has become a leader in the application of new technologies,
connected to important international scientific and teaching networks.
Based on the agreement (ACGUV 181/2012) adopted by UV’s government
council (UV, 2012), UV’s mission is ‘training competent professionals in Europe
and fostering a prestigious research with international impact that contributes to
the development of our society. In addition to the work also carried out in
spreading knowledge in science and culture, and the reaffirmation of democratic
values for society in general, and Valencia in particular’. From this quote we can
differentiate two relevant branches. On one hand, teaching activities are intended
to prepare students for their future professional development. For this goal it is
important to consider training and development of university staff in general, and
specifically professors. UV is also conscious of this first relevant axis and has
increased innovative mechanisms for the continuous improvement of teaching
activities. On the other hand, UV encourages research, both applied and basic.
Likewise, facilitates and stimulates intellectual activities and reviews in all fields
of culture and knowledge. Furthermore, according to its strategic plan, UV is
committed with the promotion of policies aimed at incentivising research and
increasing the optimization of Human Resources. Research activities are
developed by Academic Departments within each faculty, Research Institutes, and
the Scientific Park, among others.
Research Institutes are multidisciplinary entities whose aim is to meet the demand
of economic and social context in research transfer fields. In the Scientific Park,
apart from companies, there are six Research Institutes that stand out for their
level of collaboration with firms and institutions, as well as for their participation
in applied Projects in benefit of society.
High Performance work systems and employee innovative behaviour
79
As a result of its strategy, UV is one of the most prestigious universities in Spain
and is also globally recognized. According to the Academic Ranking of World
Universities (ARWU), UV is one of the top five universities in Spain and
considering the worldwide ranking (2014), it is one of the best between the 201-
300 universities in the world. ARWU uses six objective indicators to rank world
universities, including the number of alumni and staff winning Nobel Prizes and
Fields Medals, number of highly cited researchers selected by Thomson Reuters,
number of articles published in journals of Nature and Science, number of articles
indexed in Science Expanded and the Social Sciences Citation Index, and per
capita performance of a university.
UV is formed by 3,849 professors and researchers (hereafter, PDI), organized in a
network of 18 Faculties structured in 92 departments and more than 12 with their
own Research Institutes (UV, 2014). Faculties are organized in three campuses:
Burjassot-Paterna where Science, technological centres and the Scientific Park are
located; Blasco Ibáñez, where areas such as Health, Humanities and Education are
situated and Tarongers where we find Social Science and Law. The number of
PDI per campus is 879 in Burjassot-Paterna, 1,827 in Blasco Ibáñez and 1,143 in
Tarongers (See table 3.1).
Table 3.1. PDI per Campus
Faculty/Campus Total PDI
Superior School of Engineering 147
Faculty of Biological Science 227
Faculty of Pharmacy 140
Faculty of Mathematics 73
Faculty of Chemistry 153
Burjassot-Paterna 879
Faculty of Physics and Sports 50
Faculty of Philology 266
Faculty of Philosophy 194
Faculty of Physiotherapy 126
Faculty of Geography and History 156
Chapter 3
80
Faculty of Medicine and Dentistry 626
Faculty of Psychology 255
Faculty of Nursing and Podiatry 154
Blasco Ibáñez 1,827
Faculty of Social Science 126
Faculty of Law 361
Faculty of Education 211
Faculty of Economics 445
Tarongers 1,143
Total 3,849
Source: Informe Estadístic Recull 2012
3.2.2 Knowledge intensive workers
During the last 40 years, the economic structure has changed from industrial to
knowledge economy. The concept of ‘Knowledge-based Economies’ is defined as
the production and services based on knowledge- intensive activities that
contribute to accelerate pace of technical and scientific advance, as well as rapid
obsolescence (Powell and Snellman, 2004).
According to Alvesson (2004), work and organisations that are knowledge-
intensive turn around the use of intellectual and analytical tasks, which are
typically seen as demanding a wide theoretical education and experience to be
developed successfully. Examples of knowledge intensive occupations include
consultants, lawyers, engineers, and scientists.
Based on the OECD (1996:21), it’s important to highlight that ‘Public research
institutions of higher education are at the core of the science system, which more
broadly include government science ministries and research councils, certain
enterprises and other private bodies, and supporting infrastructure. In the
knowledge-based economy, the science system contributes to the key functions of:
a) knowledge production – developing and providing new knowledge; b)
knowledge transmission – educating and developing human resources; and c)
knowledge transfer – disseminating knowledge and providing input to problem
solving.’
High Performance work systems and employee innovative behaviour
81
Considering the current knowledge-based economy and the relevant role that
scientists are playing providing education and research services, we focus on
knowledge intensive workers for testing the hypotheses proposed in Study 1 and 2
(Chapter 4 and 5). Besides, universities and research institutes as Knowledge
intensive entities are the key to dealing with knowledge creation, storage and
dissemination (Elmes and Kasouf, 1995). Thus, academic organisation conditions
provide most of the facilitating factors for organisational learning. Consequently,
the sample used in Study 1 and 2 (Chapter 4 and 5) is made up by Professors and
Researchers working in public research institutes and departments belonging to
UV.
3.3 AFRICAN CONTEXT: CHARACTERISTICS OF NIGERIA
AND TANZANIA
As mentioned before, the third study of this Dissertation is the result of an
international collaboration with Nottingham Business School. Researchers from
this Business School, jointly with other universities from all around the world
have created an international research group and they are developing an
International Human Resource Management Project. This project, among other
aspects, analyses the link between Human Resource Management and
performance. Data was collected in more than eight different countries involving
almost all continents. Part of the data collected in this project is from two African
countries, Nigeria and Tanzania, which is used to test the hypothesis of the third
study.
Africa has been making substantial progress in human development. The Human
Development Index shows a 1.5% annual growth and 15 countries are now
considered to have medium to very high human development (OECD, 2014).
Besides, the real GDP growth of both countries has grown above the African
average in the last decade (see graphic 3.1) According to the OECD African
economic outlook, economic growth is strong at a projected 7.2% in 2014 and
more than 7 % in 2015. Considering GDP distribution by sector in both countries,
the service industry conforms at least 50 % of the gross domestic product in 2012
(OECD, 2014). Most of the sample used for this third study corresponds to this
Chapter 3
82
sector. Regards the methods of this study, more particularities about the sector and
the companies are explained.
Developing countries are characterized by low per capita income and human
development. Nigeria and Tanzania are considered developing countries as they
are characterized by high dependence on agriculture, general poverty, and low
educational level. Another characteristic of developing countries is that they
normally have higher growth rates than developed countries. It’s important to
highlight that this is a general characterization of the term ‘developing countries’,
as it is well known that all developing countries are at different stages of economic
development (Budhwar and Debrah, 2013).
Graphic 3.1: GDP Growth of Nigeria and Tanzania compared to African average.
Source: Own elaboration based on African Economic Outlook Statistics (2014)
The existing literature on HRM in developing countries is relatively small,
however, there is an emerging interest on the part of researchers to understand the
pattern of and relevant management systems for developing countries (Budhwar
and Debrah, 2013; Debrah and Budhwar, 2004; Debrah and Ofori, 2006; among
others). Budhwar and Debrah (2013:401) highlighted the necessity to analyse
HRM practiced by firms in developing countries both for researchers and
practitioners that try to adopt the Western HRM models. However, they argue that
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
2005 2006 2007 2008 2009 2010 2011 2012 2013 2014 2015
Tanzania
Nigeria
Africa
High Performance work systems and employee innovative behaviour
83
the adoption of Western constructs to developing countries would not be sensible,
but with our third study, this argument could be refuted.
3.4 DATA COLLECTION
Regarding the sample used in Study 1 and 2, data was collected during 2013-2014.
The collection of the data was developed in different phases. Initially, the
questionnaire was previously tested with a sample of thirty-one PDI to ensure a
proper understanding of the items. After improving some items misunderstood, the
questionnaire was finally sent by email. For the distribution of the questionnaire,
we contacted each Faculty Dean and Research Institute Director by email (See
Appendix 1) and/or by telephone to obtain their approval for participating in this
investigation. A legal report from the UV Data Protection Department (See
Appendix 2) was included, as an email attachment, to ensure the confidentiality of
the replies. After this initial contact, the questionnaire was provided online by an
email link to 9 Faculties and 10 Research Institutes. Two months after the first
batch of questionnaires was distributed, a second batch was sent to improve the
response rate. Finally, a total of 304 cases were obtained with a 12% response rate.
A sizeable amount considering that the questionnaire was finally sent to 2,469
employees.
Concerning the third study of this Dissertation, the data obtained was allowed to
be used as a result of research collaboration between Nottingham Business School
and UV. African data was gathered during 2013.
3.5 RESEARCH TOOL
Data was gathered by two surveys, a survey for Study 1 and 2 and another one for
Study 3. The content of the surveys (see Appendix 3) was based on previous
literature. Both surveys have common scales for IB and HPWS. Survey used in
Study 1 and 2 was initially created in English. For the translation process we
followed Brislin’s (1980) established procedure. Two independent bilingual
translators translated the survey from English to Spanish and back to English, to
ensure the accuracy of the original scales and items. Study 1&2 used a 7 point
Chapter 3
84
Likert scale and Study 3 used a 5 point Likert scale. Likert- type scale was ranked
from ‘Strongly disagree’ to ‘Strongly agree’.
Innovative behaviour
The measure for innovative behaviour is based on Scott and Bruce’s work (1994).
The measure consisted of six items. In this dissertation we propose an individual
perceptual perspective for allowing employees to self-report their own innovative
behaviour.
HR System Strength
The scale proposed by Coelho et al. (2010) was used for measuring HR strength
construct. This scale is based on Bowen and Ostroff's (2004) original nine
attributes. Based on several previous empirical validation works, Coelho et al.
(2012) came up with a short and reliable measure of HR strength, made up of 16
items. The items that form this scale are linked to the following areas: most salient
HRM practices, visibility, understand ability, legitimacy, relevance,
instrumentality, validity, consistent HRM messages, agreement among HRM
decision makers and fairness.
Work Engagement
The scale used is grounded on the short version of the Utrecht Work Engagement
Scale. The abridged version of the scale consisted in a 9-item scale proposed by
Schaufeli and Bakker (2003). According to these authors’ work engagement is
established by three factors: vigour, dedication and absorption. In this short
version, three items represent each factor.
Exploratory learning
The exploratory learning scale is adapted from Flores, Zheng, Rau and Thomas
(2012). The original learning process scale has been reduced to 8 items focusing
on information acquisition (4 items) and information interpretation (4 items) that
forms the exploratory learning concept.
High Performance work systems and employee innovative behaviour
85
Knowledge exchange
This variable is measured by means of an 8-item scale derived from De Vries et al.
(2006) and used by Kuvaas, Buch and Dysvik (2012). According to these authors,
this scale considers both flanks of sharing. On the one hand providing co-workers
with knowledge and on the other hand, getting knowledge from co-workers.
HPWS
HPWS scale is based on Sun, Ayree and Lau (2008). It covered five practices:
training and development (4 items), pay for performance (4 items), career
development (3 items), participation in the decision-making (4 items), and job
security (2 items).
3.6 STATISTICAL TECHNIQUES USED
For testing the hypothesis of the three studies that shape this Thesis, different
statistical techniques have been used. According to Hair et al. (2006), multivariate
analysis consists of a pool of methods that analyse simultaneously multiple
measures from each individual or object under study. In the different studies of
this Dissertation multiple variables are analysed simultaneously, so the adequate
method is multivariate analysis. There are multiple multivariate techniques. The
most commonly used in Management are: Multiple Regression and Correlation
analysis; Principal Components and Common Factor Analysis; Cluster analysis;
Structural Equation Modelling (SEM), among others. In this section, a general
overview of the techniques used in this thesis is specified
3.6.1 Multiple Regression Analysis
Regression Analysis is a statistical procedure for estimating the relationships
among variables and is commonly used for prediction. Multiple Regression
Analysis is the appropriate method when it includes only one dependent variable
which is supposed to be related to one or more independent metric variables (Hair
et al., 2006:11). The objective of this analysis is to predict changes in the value of
the dependent variable as a result of changes in several of the predictor variables.
This technique assumes that the relationship between the dependent variable and
the predictor variables is linear. Another relevant statement is that it assumes
Chapter 3
86
normality and homoscedasticity. Finally, another relevant assumption is the non-
existence of multicollinearity. This technique is used for the empirical analysis of
the Study 3.
3.6.2 Structural Equation Modelling
Structural Equation Modelling (SEM) is a second-generation multivariate data
analysis method that can test theoretically supported linear and additive causal
models (Chin, Marcolin and Newsted, 1996; Haenlein and Kaplan, 2004; Statsoft,
2013). For Study 1 and 2 of this Dissertation, the adequate technique is SEM as it
allows testing different dependent relationships. According to Hair et al., (2006),
SEM is characterized by three features: (1) estimating multiple relationships and
cross dependence, (2) the ability to represent concepts not observed in these
relationships and consider measurement error, and (3) the definition of a model to
explain the full set of relationships.
Table 3.2. Methodologies employed thorough the studies
Chapter Methodology
Chapter 4: High Performance Work
Systems & Knowledge sharing as
driving forces for innovative
behaviour: a micro perspective
Structural Equation Modelling
(mediation)
Chapter 5: Employee perceptions of
HPWS & innovative behaviour. The
role of exploratory learning
Structural Equation Modelling
(mediation)
Chapter 6: High Performance Work
Systems, work engagement and
innovative behaviour: Insights from
Tanzania and Nigeria
Multiple Regression
Analysis(moderation, mediation and
moderated mediation)
High Performance work systems and employee innovative behaviour
87
3.7 REFERENCES
Alvesson, M. (2004). Knowledge work and knowledge-intensive firms. Oxford
University Press.
Anderson, V. (2009). .Research methods in human resource management.
Chartered Institute of Personnel and Development.
Bowen, D. E. and Ostroff, C. (2004). Understanding HRM–Firm performance
linkages: The role of the “Strength” of the HRM system. Academy of Management
Review, 29:2, 203-221.
Brislin, R. W. 1980. Translation and content analysis of oral and written material.
In H. C. Triandis & J. W. Berry (Eds.), Handbook of cross-cultural psychology, 1,
389–444. Boston: Allyn & Bacon.
Budhwar, P. S., and Debrah Y.A. (2013). Eds. Human resource management in
developing countries. Routledge.
Chin, W. W., Marcolin, B. L., and Newsted, P. R. (1996). A partial least squares
latent variable modelling approach for measuring interaction effects: Results from
a Monte Carlo simulation study and voice mail emotion/adoption study. Paper
presented at the 17th International Conference on Information Systems, Cleveland,
OH.
Coolican, H. (2014). Research methods and statistics in psychology. Psychology
Press.
De Vries, R. E., Van den Hooff, B., and de Ridder, J. A. (2006). Explaining
knowledge sharing the role of team communication styles, job satisfaction, and
performance beliefs. Communication Research, 33:2, 115-135.
Debrah, Y. A., and Ofori. G. (2006). Human resource development of
professionals in an emerging economy: the case of the Tanzanian construction
industry. International Journal of Human Resource Management, 17:3, 440-463.
Debrah, Y. and Budhwar, P.S. (2004). Conclusion: International competitive
pressures and the challenges for HRM in developing countries, in P. Budhwar and
Chapter 3
88
Debrah Y.A. (eds). Human Resource Management in Developing countries.
London: Routledge, pp. 75-90.
Elmes, M.B., and Kasouf, C.J. (1995). Knowledge workers and organizational
learning: narratives from Biotechnology. Management Learning, 26:4, 403-422.
Flores, L. G., Zheng, W., Rau, D., and Thomas, C. H. (2012). Organizational
learning subprocess identification, construct validation, and an empirical test of
cultural antecedents. Journal of Management, 38:2, 640-667.
Gomes, J., Coelho, J., Correia, A. and Cunha, R. (2010). Development and
validation of an instrument measuring the strength of the human resource
management system, Spatial and Organizational Dynamics Discussion Papers
2010-10, CIEO-Research Centre for Spatial and Organizational Dynamics,
University of Algarve.
Haenlein, M., and Kaplan, A. M. (2004). A beginner's guide to partial least
squares analysis. Understanding statistics, 3:4, 283-297.
Hair, J.F., Black, W.C., Babin, B.J., Anderson, R.E. and Tatham, R.L. (2006).
Multivariate Data Analysis, Upper Saddle River, NJ: Pearson Prentice Hall.
Kuvaas, B., and Dysvik, A. (2010). Exploring alternative relationships between
perceived investment in employee development, perceived supervisor support and
employee outcomes. Human Resource Management Journal, 20:2, 138-156.
Kuvaas, B., Buch, R., and Dysvik, A. (2012). Perceived training intensity and
knowledge sharing: Sharing for intrinsic and prosocial reasons Human Resource
Management, 51: 2, 167-187.
OECD (1996). The knowledge-based economy. Head of Publications Service,
OECD, 2 rue André Pascal, 75775 Paris, Cedex 16, France. Site:
http://www.oecd.org/sti/sci-tech/1913021.pdf
OECD, UNDP (2014). African economic outlook. Retrieved from
htpp://www.africaneconomicoutlook.org;
http://www.africaneconomicoutlook.org/countries/;
http://www.africaneconomicoutlook.org/en/outlook/human_development/
High Performance work systems and employee innovative behaviour
89
Powell, W., and Snellman. K. (2004). The knowledge economy. Annual review of
sociology, 30, 199-220.
Schaufeli, W., and Bakker, A. (2003). UWES Utrecht Work Engagement Scale.
Preliminary Manual [Version 1, November 2003]. Utrecht University:
Occupational Health Psychology Unit.
Scott, S. G. and Bruce, R. A. (1994). Determinants of innovative behavior: A path
model of individual innovation in the workplace. Academy of Management
Journal, 37:3, 580-607.
Statsoft (2013). Structural Equation Modeling, Statsoft Electronic Statistics
Textbook. http://www.statsoft.com/textbook/structural-equation-modeling/
Sun, L. Y., Aryee, S., and Law, K. S. (2007). High-performance human resource
practices, citizenship behavior, and organizational performance: A relational
perspective Academy of Management Journal, 50:3, 558-577.
Universitat de Valencia, (2012). Pla estratègic (2012-2015). Site:
http://www.uv.es/corporate/peuv/document_public_pla_estrategic_2012_2015.pdf
Universitat de Valencia, (2014). Recull de dades estadístiques (Curs 2012-2013).
Site: http://www.uv.es/sap/docs/reculls/recull1213.pdf
Chapter 3
90
High Performance work systems and employee innovative behaviour
91
Chapter 4:
HPWS & KNOWLEDGE SHARING AS
DRIVING FORCES FOR IB: A MICRO
PERSPECTIVE
Abstract
This study provides new insights on the analysis of the determinants of innovative
behaviour. Adopting a micro perspective, we study whether employee perceptions
of High Performance Work Systems (HPWS) and individual knowledge sharing
behaviour lead to positive innovative behaviour. Our study proposes different
mechanisms for fostering knowledge sharing and innovative behaviour. In this
sense, we propose that individual knowledge sharing is linked to innovative
behaviour. Besides, we suggest that employee perceptions of HPWS are a driver
of innovative behaviour. As a result, the central aim of this work is to suggest a
model able to explain the impact of HPWS through individual knowledge sharing
behaviour on employees’ innovative behaviour. The sample incorporated
consisted of 304 employees all working as researchers in the public sphere.
Results suggest that HPWS and knowledge sharing are key variables to explain
IB.
Chapter 4
92
High Performance Work Systems and employee innovative behaviour
93
4.1 INTRODUCTION
Empirical research on innovation has adopted a micro-level approach evaluating
what contributes to an employees’ tendency to generate innovative ideas that
eventually lead to innovations (Anderson, de Dreu and Nijstad, 2004). Innovative
behaviours are of utmost importance to organisational innovation, effectiveness
and survival (Anderson, et al, 2004; Shalley, 1995; West, Hirst, Richter and
Shipton, 2004). Through employees’ ability to generate ideas and use these ideas
to develop new and better products, services and work processes, employees
contribute to attain organisational success through their innovative behaviour (De
Jong and Den Hartog, 2007). Thus, the study of innovative behaviour (IB) and
those factors or elements, which enhance it, turns out to be of great relevance for
today’s organisations.
Specially, IB rests on some particular individual skills (e.g. creative thinking,
proactivity, little risk aversion…); but also, external stimuli (e.g. governance
mechanisms, new information and knowledge) which are necessary to feed those
individual mental processes underlying IB. Further, individuals who engage in IB
must frequently manage knowledge, as it is a fundamental mechanism for making
collaboration flows effective, allowing innovators to acquire new information and
stimuli for exploring external ideas and exploiting internal knowledge (Radaelli,
Lettieri, Mura and Spiller, 2014).
In turn, Human Resources (HR) strategy and its deployment through HR practices,
as organisation governance mechanisms, play a key role in order to facilitate
employees’ IB. In addition, the use of HR practices as governance mechanisms
also plays a vital role in facilitating knowledge sharing in organisations (Collins,
and Smith, 2006; Jashapara, 2004; Mäkelä and Brewster, 2009). HRM practices
are adopted in the belief that influencing the conditions of individual actions in a
certain manner will lead employees to take those decisions that, when aggregated,
lead to favourable organisational outcomes (Foss, 2007). The development of the
individual skills mentioned above, as well as the creation of the suitable
atmosphere and context for knowledge sharing to take place drives to employees’
IB.
Chapter 4
94
Despite a great extent of literature has analysed the impact of HR practices on
different kinds of performance or the relationship between Knowledge sharing on
innovative capacity (see: Lengnick-Hall, Lengnick-Hall, Andrade and Drake,
2009; Mura, Lettieri, Radaelli and Spiller, 2013), this line of enquiry continues
attracting research attention nowadays. Recent studies (e.g. Radaelli, et al., 2014)
provide novel insights on the analysis of employees’ knowledge sharing on IB.
However, the potential role of employee perceptions of HR practices as an
antecedent, on the relationship between knowledge sharing and IB remains under
theorized and empirically untested.
Bearing in mind the considerations mentioned above, we address the following
questions. To which extent the perception of a certain group of HR practices foster
knowledge sharing? Is knowledge sharing supporting employees’ IB? And, are
HR practices acting as an indirect mechanism on IB through the influence of
knowledge sharing? Our model adopts a micro perspective to elucidate how these
relationships occur, adopting an original perspective on how employee perceptions
of HR practices stimulate and positively affect both, knowledge sharing and IB.
Emphasising the conditions of individual actions is of little help to managers
(Minbaeva and Pedersen, 2010). Thus, we need to consider managerial
interventions (HRM practices) that managers adopt to influence the conditions of
individual actions and thus to facilitate individual Knowledge sharing behaviour.
To reach these goals, the manuscript has been structured as follows. Following
this introductory section, we present the theoretical foundations of this research
and the theoretical relationships to be studied. Later, we describe the
methodological tools, methods and procedures we have employed to carry out the
empirical analysis. Afterwards, we comment the most outstanding results of the
analysis and, finally, present the main conclusions of the work and its theoretical
and practical implications.
High Performance Work Systems and employee innovative behaviour
95
4.2 THEORETICAL FRAMEWORK
4.2.1 Knowledge sharing behaviour and its relationship to innovative
behaviour
Knowledge in various forms and at various levels has become a central construct
in a broad range of fields in management research (Grandori and Kogut, 2002).
Knowledge is the organisation’s intellectual capital, of increasing importance in
promoting competitive advantage (Ndofor and Levitas, 2004). Furthermore, for
such capital to exist, individuals must have this knowledge available, sharing it
with their partners (Van den Hoof and Huysman, 2009). Academics and
practitioners stress the relevance of analysing what factors enable and promote
knowledge sharing since it is increasingly recognized as a source of competitive
advantage (Riege, 2005) and innovativeness (van Wijk, et al., 2008).
Hence, knowledge sharing is more than transferring knowledge, but creating it
(Van den Hoof and Huysman, 2009). Research supports the idea that knowledge
sharing behaviour has important implications for performance and innovativeness.
Innovation starts at the individual level with problem recognition and generation
of ideas or solutions, either novel or adapted (Scott and Bruce, 1994: 581). To
learn and acquire new knowledge, individuals should interact and share
knowledge for improving their capacity to define a situation or problem, and apply
their knowledge to problem solving (Nonaka, Von Krogh and Voelpel, 2006).
Also, Aulawi, Sudirman, Suryadi and Govindaraju (2009) argued that knowledge
sharing behaviour could stimulate individuals to think more critically and
creatively, so they finally can produce new knowledge. Considering that IB
requires searching for new information (Lohman, 2005), creative thinking,
proactivity (Hayton, 2005), and involves risk (Bednall, Sanders and Runhaar,
2014), knowledge sharing behaviour is an essential aspect for IB to occur. In this
sense, Lin (2007) argued that knowledge collecting and donating may lead to
superior innovation capability. In his study, the author shows the significant
positive impact of knowledge sharing on innovation capability.
As the basis of innovation are ideas and are people who ‘develop, carry, react to
and modify ideas’ (Van de Ven, 1986: 592), the study of those factors enabling
Chapter 4
96
and spurring individual IB becomes critical to better understand how innovation
takes place and innovation performance is generated. To this respect, Dougherty,
Munir and Subramaniam (2002) claim that innovation depends on the
accumulation of new knowledge in an organisation, facilitating creative solutions
as a result.
Literature has already revealed (see: Youndt, Snell, Dean and Lepak, 1996) the
existence of a positive direct relationship between employee attitudes and
organisational innovation performance. Similarly, Kamasak and Bulutlar (2009)
explored the effect of knowledge sharing on innovation using data from 246
middle level and top managers in Turkey. Results showed that knowledge sharing
has a positive effect on all types of innovation. Recently, Yesil, Koska and
Büyükbese (2013) analysed the effect of knowledge sharing on innovation
capability and innovation performance. Their results showed that knowledge
sharing positively affects innovation capability.
Although knowledge sharing is increasingly recognized as a source of innovation
(van Wijk, Jansen and Lyles, 2008), there is scarce empirical evidence that
supports the idea that individual knowledge sharing behaviour could affect IB
(see: Kamasak and Bulutlar, 2009) despite the fact that other authors have
expressed the idea that knowledge sharing is crucial for innovation at
organisational level (Tsai, 2001; Gilson and Shalley, 2004, among others).
Considering the above arguments and the relevance that literature is giving to
individual actions to explain the organisational macro phenomena, we propose the
following hypothesis:
H1: Individual knowledge sharing behaviour is positively related to innovative
behaviour.
4.2.2 HPWS as drivers of knowledge sharing behaviour
Knowledge-based scholars are gradually focusing their attention on the
organisational mechanisms that may determine, mediate, or moderate knowledge
processes (e.g., Grandori and Kogut, 2002; Minbaeva, Pedersen, Bjorkman, Fey
and Park, 2003; Jansen, van den Bosch and Volberda, 2006). In this study we
focus on High Performance Work Systems (HPWS) as an organisational
High Performance Work Systems and employee innovative behaviour
97
mechanism that have an effect on employees’ behaviour and therefore could
determine knowledge processes, as individual knowledge sharing processes.
HPWS are a set of practices designed to promote firm performance through
developing employee skills, motivation and participation (Appelbaum, Bailey,
Berg, and Kalleberg, 2000; Van De Voorde and Beijer, 2015). Following well-
accepted theory (e.g., Huselid, 1995; MacDuffie, 1995), research on HPWS is
largely replacing research on individual practices (Wright and Boswell, 2002).
The joint effect of inter-related practices reaches the desired effect (Bae and
Lawler, 2000). In fact, HPWS are viewed conceptually as a superior alternative to
the individual practices’ approach (Combs, Liu, Hall and Kitchen, 2006), as the
effect of a systemic application of a set of HR practices generates better
organisational results (Combs et al., 2006). However, considering knowledge-
based literature, the content of these practices and their systemic effect on
knowledge processes as knowledge sharing is ambiguous, not sufficiently
informed by theory and there is no empirical evidence of their effects (Foss and
Minbaeva, 2009). Besides, in this study we focus on employee perceptions of the
implemented HPWS rather than intended practices rated by managers (Arthur and
Boyles, 2007), as the effect of perceptions is what really have a real impact on
employee behaviours.
As previous literature states, there is no agreement about which practices compose
a HPWS. However, our study includes five practices (training and development,
participation, job security, promotion and pay for performance) that are clearly
identified by literature as part of these systems (Kehoe and Wright, 2013; Van De
Voorde and Beijer, 2015). HPWS influence individual conditions that are internal
to the individual (Elster, 1989). These conditions consist on Abilities, Motivation
and Opportunity (AMO Framework; (Huselid, 1995)) that in turn drive to an
individual action.
Considering AMO framework applied to HRM practices, and Kehoe and Wright
(2013) arguments, HPWS are employed to promote workforce ability, motivation
and opportunity. In this study, training and development is considered as an
ability-enhancing practice, because through this practice, employees’ acquire the
Chapter 4
98
ability to adopt certain actions. Pay for performance, promotion and job security
are considered motivation-enhancing practices, as they give employees extrinsic
(pay for performance) and intrinsic (promotion and job security) motivation that
enhance their positive behaviours. Participation is considered as an opportunity-
enhancing practice; through this practice employees are allowed to have the
opportunity of being part of the decisions process.
Previous literature on strategic HRM and knowledge has demonstrated that there
is a causal relationship between HRM and knowledge processes as knowledge
sharing (e.g. Collins and Smith, 2006; Mäkelä and Brewster, 2009). However, this
HRM-knowledge field has been criticized for taking a mono-level approach with
an emphasis on the collective, or aggregate, level (Minbaeva, Foss, and Snell,
2009). Specifically, recent insights (see: Foss and Minbaeva, 2009; Minbaeva,
2013) have called for a greater focus on the analysis of the relationship between
HRM practices as a system and knowledge, implying a need to theorize about
individual heterogeneity (Felin and Hesterly, 2007) and individual interactions
(Felin and Foss, 2005).
Recently, following the necessity of focusing on individuals in order to explain
higher order phenomena, Kuvaas, Buch and Dysvisk (2012) investigated the
relationship between perceived training intensity and knowledge sharing. Their
findings suggest that training intensity increases knowledge sharing. Knowledge
sharing requires that individuals are willing to do it, and so HPWS should be
oriented to facilitate the necessary cultural change so that individual knowledge is
shared with others and it is enhanced at a higher ontological level. However, in
their study they used a single practice related to individual knowledge sharing
behaviour. Thus, considering the scarce empirical research analysing HRM
practices as a system related to knowledge processes, and the relevance that
literature is giving to this topic we propose the following hypothesis:
H2: Employee perceptions of HPWS are positively related to individual
knowledge sharing behaviour.
High Performance Work Systems and employee innovative behaviour
99
4.2.3 The mediating role of knowledge sharing in the relationship
between HPWS and Innovative Behaviour
As we have analysed in the previous sections, Knowledge sharing is a driver for
IB, and HPWS could determine individual knowledge sharing behaviour. Besides,
there is also an essential link between the HPWS applied in the firm and employee
outcomes, particularly IB.
HPWS seem to be related to firm innovative performance (Beugelsdijk, 2008;
Laursen and Foss, 2003) but a scarce body of research has empirically studied the
individual causal mechanisms through which HPWS lead to greater performance
(Wright and Boswell, 2002), especially innovation performance. It is also
highlighted the relevance of analysing the effects of HPWS on employee
behaviours and outcomes (Kehoe and Wright, 2013; Van De Voorde and Beijer,
2015). Only some recent works have evidenced that the effect of HPWS on
organisational performance becomes more immediate and positive when employee
capabilities and behaviours (as knowledge sharing) take part in this relationship
(Bowen and Ostroff, 2004; Collins and Clark, 2003).
Scarce previous studies at organisational level showed the potential mediating
effect of knowledge sharing in the relationship between management practices and
innovation performance (e.g. Collins and Smith, 2006; Huang and Li, 2009). The
main conclusion of these studies is that the process of knowledge sharing will
allow organisational members to solve new problems and generate new ideas and
products. However, recent theorization in the literature on strategic HRM
emphasizes that it is precisely the impact that knowledge exerts on individuals
what mediates the relationship with any performance-related outcome, such as
knowledge-based performance or innovative behaviour (Bowen and Ostroff, 2004;
Minbaeva, Makela, and Rabbiosi, 2012; Wright and Nishii, 2007).
To sum up, we have established in H1 the direct relationship between individual
knowledge sharing behaviour and IB. In the same way, H2 states the relationship
between employee perceptions of HPWS on individual knowledge sharing
behaviour. Prior literature (Hayton, 2003; Leede and Looise, 2005; Prieto and
Pérez-Santana, 2014) recognizes that HPWS have an influence on innovation; but
Chapter 4
100
our proposal suggests that this is not a direct relationship. Implemented HPWS
affect IB via employee perceptions of HPWS (training and development,
participation, and pay for performance), creating the necessary conditions to
stimulate individuals to share knowledge and then, to innovate.
Bearing in mind all those arguments, we can formulate our third hypothesis:
H3: Individual knowledge sharing behaviour mediates the relationship between
perceived HPWS and IB.
4.3 RESEARCH METHODOLOGY
4.3.1 Sample
In order to test the proposed hypotheses and the objectives stated above, we have
applied a quantitative research methodology. We obtained data from researchers
working in a Spanish Public University, specifically, working in different
Faculties and research institutes of a Spanish public university that formed our
research population. Nowadays, in the context of knowledge economy, the science
system contributes to key functions as: knowledge creation, knowledge
transmission (educating and developing Human Resources) and knowledge
transfer or dissemination. Knowledge workers, such as scientists working in
Public Research Institutions of higher education, are considered the core of the
science system and essential for the knowledge-based economy (OECD, 1996).
A questionnaire was sent to a total of 9 Faculties and 10 research institutes,
resulting in a final sample of 304 valid questionnaires with a 12% response rate.
The questionnaire was sent by email and the information was collected between
December 2013 and late 2014.
Descriptive analysis showed that the average tenure of employees in their
workplace was 13.8 years (SD: 9.91). With respect to gender, 49.3% of the sample
was men and the remaining 50.7% women (SD: 0.5). Regarding the educational
level, 65.5% had doctoral studies, 7.5% a Master level and the remaining 27 % a
Degree level or less (SD: 0.94). With regards to their professional situation within
the university hierarchy, 73.7% were teaching and research staff, 19.7% occupied
High Performance Work Systems and employee innovative behaviour
101
the position of technical researchers and 6.6% were in-training research staff (SD:
0.59).
4.3.2 Measurement scales
Tools used to measure variables are all seven-point Likert scales. We employed
three basic scales to measure the different constructs analysed.
The scale measuring HPWS was based on the one developed by Sun, Ayree and
Lau (2007). This scale refers to five key HR practices: training and development
(4 items), pay for performance (4 items), promotion (3items), job security (2
items) and participation in decision-making processes (4 items). Sample items: ‘I
had sufficient job-related training’; ‘I am often asked to participate in decisions’.
IB measure is obtained from Scott and Bruce’s work (1994). The following is a
sample of the items used is the following: ‘I generate creative ideas’, ‘I investigate
and obtain the necessary funds to apply new ideas and to develop plans and
programs for the implementation of these new ideas’.
Additionally, the scale measuring knowledge sharing comes from De Vries, Van
den Hooff and de Ridder’s work (2006) and was used by Kuvaas et al. (2012).
According to these authors, this scale considers both sides of sharing, namely,
providing co-workers with knowledge and getting knowledge from co-workers.
Sample items: ‘I ask my colleagues about their skills when I want to learn
particular skills’, When I have learned something new, I make sure my colleagues
learn about it too’.
Based on prior studies, gender and tenure were considered as control variables,
since they may have an impact on the perception of HPWS (Alfes, Shantz, Truss
and Soane, 2013; Dysvik, Kuvaas and Buch, 2014) and on IB (Scott and Bruce,
1994; Janssen, 2005; Yuan and Woodman, 2010).
4.3.3 Common Method Variance Test
As recommended by the literature for studies that use self-reported data for
measuring dependent and independent variables, we have considered the concern
of common method bias. To this end, we conducted Harman’s single-factor test to
Chapter 4
102
address the potential common method bias (Podsakoff, MacKenzie, Jeong-Yeon
and Podsakoff, 2003). The method required that an unrotated factor analysis be
performed on all of the variables studied. Consequently, we included all the items
of all the constructs in the model into a factor analysis to control whether a single
factor claimed a disproportionately large variance. The results revealed that the
variance explained by that factor is less than 30%, so we can conclude our data do
not exhibit substantial common method bias.
4.3.4 Descriptives
Table 4.1 shows descriptive statistics (means and standard deviations) and
correlations for each factor. The inter-factor correlations show the expected
direction of association; all correlations are positive and significant at p<0.01. As
mentioned above in the ‘Measurement scales’ section, the constructs used in the
study were reliable, with coefficients ranging from 0.75 to 0.88, exceeding the
minimum of 0.70 (Nunnally, 1978).
Table 4.1. Analysis of correlations among the different variables of the model
Mean SD 1 2 3 4
1.- Innovative behaviour 5.13 1.20
2.- Knowledge sharing 5.65 1.17 .30**
3.- HPWS 3.17 .74 .30** .25**
4.- Gender 1,51 0.50 -.04 -,03 .02
5.- Tenure 13,81 9.91 .21 ,03 ,00 -,09
Note: *p<0.05; **p<0.01
4.3.5 Data analysis
In order to validate our scales, we conducted a CFA using AMOS Graphics 19 and
requesting an analysis based on the covariance matrix. We calculated different fit
indices establishing how the model fitted our data (Hair, Black, Babin, Anderson
and Tatham, 2006). While evaluating the convergent and discriminant validity of
the model some problems occurred. Difficulties derived from two practices
High Performance Work Systems and employee innovative behaviour
103
included in the HRM system as that highly correlated with other variables from
other scales. So, our initial composition of the system had to be modified because
if we take into account all practices, we could not achieve construct validity. Thus,
for this reason we had to eliminate promotion and job security from the HRM
system.
Therefore, after all the depuration process the model presented a good fit that can
be inferred from reading the goodness-of-fit indexes (X2 /DF=2.03; TLI: 0.95; IFI:
0.96; CFI: 0.96; GFI: 0.93; RMSEA: 0.058). The x2/df values lower than 2.5
indicate a good fit (Arbuckle 2008). For the Tucker–Lewis index (TLI),
incremental fit index (IFI) and comparative fit index (CFI), goodness of fit index
(GFI), Bentler-Bonett normed fit index (NFI) values greater than 0.9 represent a
good model fit (Bentler, 1990), and for the root mean square error of
approximation (RMSEA) values less than 0.08 indicate a good model fit (Browne
and Cudeck 1993; Hu and Bentler 1998). According to these values, our results
are indicative of a good model fit. We can conclude that the model fitted our data.
Furthermore, all standardized factor loadings are significant and higher than 0.7
(Hair et al., 2006).
Looking at table 4.2, we can conclude that the scales are reliable as well as valid
in convergent and discriminant terms. All scales are reliable as composite
reliability (CR) values are above 0.7. Average Variance Extracted (AVE) confirms
convergent validity. AVE values are shown in the diagonal of the table and all
values are above or equal to 0.5. Finally, we followed Fornell and Larcker’s
(1981) procedure in order to test Discriminant Validity issues; as we can see in
table 4.2, AVE values are greater than the square of the correlations between each
pair of factors.
Chapter 4
104
Table 4.2. CR, AVE and squared correlations between factors
CR 0.74 0.88 0.72
CA 0.84 0.88 0.75
AVE F.1 F.2 F.3
1.Innovative
behaviour 0.74
2. Knowledge
sharing 0.09 0.60
3. HPWS 0.09 0.06 0.50
Note: CR (shown in the first row of the matrix); AVE (shown in bold in the diagonal of the
matrix); the rest of the numbers show the squared correlations between factors.
We have employed Structural Equation Modelling (SEM) with AMOS (19
version), which provides SEM and analysis of covariance structures, or causal
modelling, in order to test the hypotheses presented in our theoretical framework.
This software allows testing simultaneously a set of regressions, specifying both
parametric statistics and indices that indicate the fit of the model to the original
data. For testing the mediation effect we have followed Shrout and Bolger’s2
(2002) procedure. The effect of a variable on another is mediated if this effect
takes place through a third variable called ‘mediator’. There are two factors that
have an impact on IB, HPWS and knowledge sharing. Following this procedure,
we need to compare two models: the direct model and the mediated one. A
mediation demonstration requires a significant direct effect in the direct model, a
lower (or non-significant) direct effect in the mediated model and a significantly
improved fit of the mediated model compared to the direct model.
4.4 RESULTS
H1 proposed that Knowledge sharing is positively linked to IB, and H2 proposed
that employee perceptions of HPWS are positively linked to knowledge sharing.
Results show (see table 3) that knowledge sharing behaviour is positive and
significant associated to IB, which supports the first hypothesis proposed (H1).
2 For an application with SEM see Obadia and Vida (2011).
High Performance Work Systems and employee innovative behaviour
105
Likewise, results show that employee perceptions of HPWS are positively related
to individual knowledge sharing behaviour, thus H2 is also supported.
Table 4.3. Results for H1 and H2
Hypothesis Link Standardized
Coefficient
T value Result
H1 KNSH-IB 0.23 3.49*** Supported
H2 HPWS-KNSH 0.20 2.69** Supported
x2 = 198.313, df=108, p=0.000, GFI=0.93, NFI=0.92, TLI=0.95, CFI=0.96, RMSEA=0.053
*p<0.05; **p<0.01, ***p<0.00. Note: Control variables are not presented in the results table as do
not have a significant effect in the studied relationships
Regarding the results of H3 (individual knowledge sharing behaviour mediates the
relationship between employee perceptions of HPWS and IB), we developed a
mediation analysis to study the effect of knowledge sharing on the relationship
between HPWS and employees’ IB (see Figure 4.1). Results (see table 4.4)
confirm the first condition to mediation, that is, a positive and significant direct
effect between HPWS and IB (0.343 p<0.00).
Figure 4.1: Mediation Results
HPWS
Knowlege
Sharing
Innovative behaviour
0,20** 0,23***
Direct Model: c=.343 ***
Mediated Model: c’= .192 *
Note: *p<0.05; **p<0.01, ***p<0.00
Chapter 4
106
Table 4.4. Mediation Results
DIRECT MODEL
Standardized Coefficient T value
HPWS-IB 0.343 3.56 ***
x2 = 208.930, df=109, p=0.000, GFI=0.92, NFI=0.91, TLI=0.94, CFI=0.95, RMSEA=0.055
MEDIATED MODEL
Standardized Coefficient T value
HPWS-IB 0.192 2.49 *
x2 = 198.313, df=108, p=0.000, GFI=0.93, NFI=0.92, TLI=0.95, CFI=0.96, RMSEA=0.053
*p<0.05; **p<0.01, ***p<0.00. Note: Control variables are not presented in the results table as do
not have a significant effect in the studied relationships
Regarding the second condition, a lower direct effect in the mediated model
(0.192 p< 0.05) should take place. Comparing the effects of HPWS on IB the
effect in the direct model is stronger than the direct effect registered in the
mediated model (0.343>0.192). Furthermore, the indirect effect through
knowledge sharing is significant (0.05 p<0.05).
Finally, results show a significantly improved fit of the mediated model compared
to the direct model confirming, as a consequence, the last requirement for
mediation. This is explained comparing the number of degrees of freedom (df) of
the direct model (df=109) and the number of df of the mediated model (df=108).
For mediation to occur, the difference in chi-square of the two models should be
significant (Δx2 >3.82). Our results show the confirmation of this last assumption
(10.61>3.82) indicating that the fit of the mediated model is superior to the fit of
the direct model. Therefore, the mediated model represents better the data than the
direct model. Therefore, we can conclude that knowledge sharing partially
mediates the effect of HPWS on IB. To illustrate this phenomenon, Table 4.5
breaks down the total effect of the relationship of HPWS on IB into its direct and
indirect components.
High Performance Work Systems and employee innovative behaviour
107
Table 4.5. Breakdown of the effect of HPWS on IB (using the output of the analysis
of the mediated model)
Standardized Effect HPWS IB
Total Effect= Direct+Indirect Direct Indirect (Via Knowledge Sharing)
0.24* 0.19* 0.05*
*Significant at p<0.05
4.5 DISCUSSION AND IMPLICATIONS
Even though growing research on antecedents and consequences of knowledge
sharing has been developed during the last decade or so, a scarce body of literature
has empirically focused on micro foundations. Following Felin and Foss (2005),
individual matter, so micro foundations are needed to explain strategic
organisation. Thus, the relationships established in this work have all been
proposed at individual level to better understand how the individual actions could
explain organisational phenomena.
Although knowledge sharing is considered as a source of innovation (van Wijk,
Jansen and Lyles, 2008), there is still insufficient empirical evidence supporting
the idea that individual knowledge sharing behaviour could affect IB (see:
Kamasak and Bulutlar, 2009). Although, these results go in the same line as
existing literature (Tsai, 2001; Gilson and Shalley, 2004), our research provides
new empirical evidence about individual actions that reveal the primary influence
that individual knowledge sharing behaviour plays on IB. Thus, our study sheds a
new light on this topic showing the relevant role that individual knowledge
sharing behaviour plays enhancing employees’ IB.
Besides, previous studies suggest that knowledge governance mechanisms as
HRM practices enhance knowledge mechanisms as Knowledge sharing (Foss,
2007; Jansen, van den Bosch and Volberda, 2006). Our results contribute to HR
management and knowledge sharing literatures by indicating that employee
perceptions of HPWS enhance individual knowledge sharing behaviour. In this
sense, our results are in line with the existing theoretical framework in this topic
(Collins and Smith, 2006; Kuvaas et al., 2012). However, with our study, we
Chapter 4
108
answer to new calls in the literature (Foss and Minbaeva, 2009) providing new
evidence on the analysis of knowledge sharing determinants, testing empirically
and analysing employee perceptions of HRM practices as a system (Minbaeva,
2013) and analysing their influence on individual knowledge sharing behaviour
from a micro perspective.
Besides, most of research examining the relationship between HPWS and
innovation has adopted a macro/managerial perspective, by analysing different
managerial interventions such as job design, the use of certain combination of
single HRM practices or the combination of knowledge management systems that
elicit innovation performance in organisations (Beugelsdijk, 2008; Dorenbosch,
van Engen and Verhagen, 2005; Laursen and Foss, 2003). However, our work
focuses on the individual level because analysing at this level, we can better
understand individual actions and relations that will allow the understanding of
higher macro level relationships.
Besides, our work builds on the study of Radaelly, et al., (2014). In their paper,
these authors called for a better understanding on the antecedents of individual
knowledge sharing behaviour for promoting employees’ IB. To this respect, our
work adds value to existent literature highlighting the relevant role played by
employee perceptions of HPWS for fostering certain behaviours (as individual
knowledge sharing behaviour) that in turn promote employees’ IB.
Limited research has analysed knowledge sharing and innovation from a human
resource perspective. Innovation is the connection of two flows, namely, the flow
of knowledge and the flow of people (Starbuck, 1992); therefore, it is expected
that HR management will play an essential role in aligning these two flows. Our
results have made a contribution in this direction showing how the relationship
between employee perceptions of HPWS on IB is generated indirectly by
individual Knowledge sharing behaviour.
The results of our work have implications not only from the academic point of
view, as has been mentioned, but also from an applied perspective. Regards the
academic implications of this paper, our work has shown theoretically the
High Performance Work Systems and employee innovative behaviour
109
relevance of some concepts as IB and knowledge sharing that are based on the
construction and sustainability of a competitive advantage adopting a micro
perspective (Felin and Foss, 2005; Foss and Minbaeva, 2009; Minbaeva and
Pedersen, 2010). Also, our work constitutes a guide for those researchers studying
individual IB; from this perspective, we recommend the joint consideration of
different but interrelated frameworks (Guthrie, 2012) such as knowledge
management, organisational learning and HR management, as their combined
effect could better explain the antecedents of innovation at the individual level.
Another contribution of this study has to do with the sample employed in the
empirical work (researchers working in the public sector). At this moment, when
governmental entities and private institutions (research institutes and centres,
private universities, etc.) are demanding higher levels of individual (and
collective) research-based performance (e.g. high-impact publications, research
projects, etc.), the study of those factors contributing to foster the individual IB of
public researchers turns out to be of essential. Our research has tried to shed light
on this issue by clarifying the role of knowledge sharing to this concern.
For practitioners, our work shows that managers should focus on employee
perceptions of HPWS that are relevant for knowledge sharing to occur. Moreover,
organisations need to consider (analyse and reveal) knowledge sharing barriers
and act to overcome them. Certain obstacles lie in the ‘soft’ and little tangible side
of the organisation (climate, culture, leadership style, etc.); others, in turn, are
related to the technical or structural side of the firm. The correct design of a set of
HR of practices, the organisation of informal meetings between unrelated
departments, the implementation of IT tools to facilitate the communication
between co-workers or the application of organisational design interventions, are
just some examples of initiatives to bring down such barriers.
4.6 CONCLUSIONS
This study contributes to the literature by adopting a micro perspective when
analysing HPWS and knowledge sharing as antecedents of IB. We tested our
hypothesis on a knowledge intensive context (researchers and faculty members)
Chapter 4
110
that share their knowledge to obtain better innovation results (new ways of
teaching, new scientific results, among others). Our results show that for fostering
individual knowledge sharing employees should perceive the effect of HPWS- that
directly affect IB, but indirectly HPWS affect IB through individual knowledge
sharing behaviours.
Despite the relevant contribution of this study, our work is not free of limitations
that should be addressed in future studies. Firstly, future studies should add other
practices to the HPWS that could give a better approximation to the real action of
companies or use other measures that could help to overcome the limitations
derived from the construct validity issue explained in the methods section.
Besides, another aspect that could improve knowledge regarding this topic is
related to the use of other sources or respondents as for example research teams.
Additionally, new variables could be added. On the one hand, explaining how the
relationship between HPWS and Knowledge sharing is produced and, on the other
hand, trying to shed new lights on the mediating mechanisms between Knowledge
sharing and IB. Finally, the use of longitudinal data is needed to confirm the
causality assumed in this research.
High Performance Work Systems and employee innovative behaviour
111
4.7 REFERENCES
Alfes, K., Shantz, A. D., Truss, C., and Soane, E. C. (2013). The link between
perceived human resource management practices, engagement and employee
behaviour: A moderated mediation model. The International Journal of Human
Resource Management, 24:2, 330-351.
Anderson, N., De Dreu, C. K., and Nijstad, B. A. (2004). The routinization of
innovation research: A constructively critical review of the state-of-the-science.
Journal of organizational Behavior, 25:2, 147-173.
Appelbaum, E., Bailey, T., Berg, P. and Kalleberg, A. (2000). Manufacturing
Advantage: Why High Performance Work Systems Pay Off, Ithaca, NY: Cornell
University Press.
Arbuckle, J. (2008). Amos 17.0 user’s guide. Chicago: SPSS.
Arthur, J. B., and Boyles, T. (2007). Validating the human resource system
structure: A levels-based strategic HRM approach. Human Resource Management
Review, 17:1, 77-92.
Aulawi, H., Sudirnman, L., Suryadi, K., and Govindaraju, R. (2009). Knowledge-
sharing behavior, antecedent and their impact on the individual innovation
capability. Journal of Applied Sciences Research, 5:12, 2238-2246.
Bae, J., and Lawler, J. J. (2000). Organizational and HRM strategies in Korea:
Impact on firm performance in an emerging economy. Academy of Management
Journal, 43:3, 502-517.
Bednall T. C., Sanders K., and Runhaar P. (2014). Stimulating Informal Learning
Activities through Perceptions of Performance Appraisal Quality and Human
Resource Management System Strength: A Two-Wave Study. Academy of
Management Learning and Education, 13:1, 45- 61.
Bentler, P.M. (1990). Comparative Fit Indexes in Structural Models.
Psychological Bulletin, 107, 238-246.
Beugelsdijk, S. (2008). Strategic human resource practices and product
innovation. Organization Studies, 29:6, 821-847.
Chapter 4
112
Bowen, D. E., and Ostroff, C. (2004). Understanding HRM–firm performance
linkages: The role of the “strength” of the HRM system. Academy of Management
Review, 29:2, 203-221.
Browne, M.W. and Cudeck, R. (1993). ‘Alternative Ways of Assessing Model Fit,
in Testing Structural Equation Models’, in K.A. Bollen and J.S. Long (eds),
Testing Structural Equation Models. Newbury, Newbury Park, CA: Sage, pp. 136-
162.
Collins, C. J., and Clark, K. D. (2003). Strategic human resource practices, top
management team social networks, and firm performance: The role of human
resource practices in creating organizational competitive advantage. Academy of
management Journal, 46:6, 740-751.
Collins, C. J., and Smith, K. G. (2006). Knowledge exchange and combination:
The role of human resource practices in the performance of high-technology firms.
Academy of Management Journal, 49:3, 544-560.
Combs, J., Liu, Y., Hall, S., and Kitchen, D. (2006). How much do high-
performance work practices matter? A meta-analysis of their effects on
organizational performance. Personnel Psychology, 59: 3, 501–528.
De Jong, J. P., and Den Hartog, D. N. (2007). How leaders influence employees'
innovative behaviour. European Journal of innovation management, 10:1, 41-64.
De Vries, R. E., Van den Hooff, B., and de Ridder, J. A. (2006). Explaining
knowledge sharing the role of team communication styles, job satisfaction, and
performance beliefs. Communication Research, 33:2, 115-135.
Dorenbosch, L. W., Van Engen, M. L., and Verhagen, M. (2005). On-the-job
innovation: The impact of job design and human resource management through
production ownership. Creativity and innovation management, 14:2, 129-141.
Dougherty, D., Munir, K., and Subramaniam, M. (2002). Managing technology
flows in practice: a grounded theory of sustained innovation, in Academy of
Management Proceedings (2002), 1, E1-E6.
High Performance Work Systems and employee innovative behaviour
113
Dysvik, A., Kuvaas, B., and Buch, R. (2014). Perceived training intensity and
work effort: The moderating role of perceived supervisor support. European
Journal of Work and Organizational Psychology, 23:5, 729-738.
Elster, J. (1989). Nuts and bolts for the social sciences (pp. 32-33). Cambridge:
Cambridge University Press.
Felin, T., and Foss, N. J. (2005). Strategic organization: A field in search of micro-
foundations. Strategic organization, 3:4, 441.
Felin, T., and Hesterly, W. S. (2007). The knowledge-based view, nested
heterogeneity, and new value creation: Philosophical considerations on the locus
of knowledge. Academy of Management Review, 32:1, 195-218.
Fornell C. and Larcker D. F. (1981). Evaluating Structural Equations Models with
Unobservable Variables and Measurement Error. Journal of Marketing Research,
18:1, 39-50.
Foss, N. J. (2007). The emerging knowledge governance approach: Challenges
and characteristics. Organization, 14:1, 29-52.
Foss, N. J., and Minbaeva, D. (2009). Governing knowledge: the strategic human
resource management dimension. SMG Working Paper No. 3/2009. Available at
SSRN: http://ssrn.com/abstract=1354029 or
http://dx.doi.org/10.2139/ssrn.1354029
Gilson, L. L., and Shalley, C. E. (2004). A little creativity goes a long way: An
examination of teams’ engagement in creative processes. Journal of Management,
30:4, 453-470.
Grandori, A., and Kogut, B. (2002). Dialogue on organization and knowledge.
Organization Science, 13:3, 224-231.
Guthrie, J. (2012). HRM, knowledge creation and innovation. Seminar Series on
Organizational Innovation, People Management and Sustained Performance.
Aston University, October.
Chapter 4
114
Hair, J.F., Black, W.C., Babin, B.J., Anderson, R.E. and Tatham, R.L. (2006).
Multivariate Data Analysis, Upper Saddle River, NJ: Pearson Prentice Hall.
Hayton, J. C. (2003). Strategic human capital management in SMEs: An empirical
study of entrepreneurial performance. Human Resource Management, 42:4, 375–
391.
Hayton, J. C. (2005). Promoting corporate entrepreneurship through human
resource management practices: A review of empirical research. Human Resource
Management Review, 15:1, 21-41.
Hu, L. and Bentler, P.M. (1998). Fit Indices in Covariance Structure Modeling:
Sensitivity to under parameterized Model Misspecification. Psychological
Methods, 3:4, 424-453.
Huang, J.W. and Li, Y. H. (2009). The mediating effect of knowledge
management on social interaction and innovation performance. International
Journal of Manpower, 30:3, 285-301
Huselid, M. A. (1995). The impact of human resource management practices on
turnover, productivity, and corporate financial performance. The Academy of
Management Journal, 38:3, 635-672.
Jansen, J. J., Van Den Bosch, F. A., and Volberda, H. W. (2006). Exploratory
innovation, exploitative innovation, and performance: Effects of organizational
antecedents and environmental moderators. Management science, 52:11, 1661-
1674.
Janssen, O. (2005). The joint impact of perceived influence and supervisor
supportiveness on employee innovative behavior. Journal of occupational and
organizational psychology, 78:4, 573-579.
Jashapara, A. (2004). Knowledge Management. Essex: Prentice Hall.
Kamasak, R., and Bulutlar, F. (2010). The influence of knowledge sharing on
innovation. European Business Review, 22:3, 306-317.
High Performance Work Systems and employee innovative behaviour
115
Kehoe, R. R., and Wright, P. M. (2013). The impact of high-performance human
resource practices on employees’ attitudes and behaviors. Journal of Management,
39:2, 366-391.
Kuvaas, B., Buch, R., and Dysvik, A. (2012). Perceived training intensity and
knowledge sharing: Sharing for intrinsic and prosocial reasons. Human Resource
Management, 51:2, 167-187.
Laursen, K., and Foss, N. J. (2003). New human resource management practices,
complementarities and the impact on innovation performance. Cambridge Journal
of economics, 27:2, 243-263.
Leede, J. and Looise J.K. (2005). Innovation and HRM: Towards and integrated
framework. Creativity and Innovation Management, 14:2, 108-117.
Lengnick-Hall, M. L., Lengnick-Hall, C. A., Andrade, L., and Drake, B. (2009).
Strategic human resource management: The evolution of the field. Human
Resource Management Review, 19:2, 64-85.
Lin, H. (2007). Knowledge sharing and firm innovation capability: an empirical
study. International Journal of Manpower, 28:3/4, 315-332.
Lohman, M. C. (2005). A survey of factors influencing the engagement of two
professional groups in informal workplace learning activities. Human Resource
Development Quarterly, 16:4, 501-527.
MacDuffie, J. P. (1995). Human resource bundles and manufacturing
performance: Organizational logic and flexible production systems in the world
auto industry. Industrial and labor relations review, 48:2, 197-221.
Mäkelä, K., and Brewster, C. (2009). Interunit interaction contexts, interpersonal
social capital, and the differing levels of knowledge sharing. Human Resource
Management, 48:4, 591-613.
Minbaeva, D. B. (2013). Strategic HRM in building micro-foundations of
organizational knowledge-based performance. Human Resource Management
Review, 23:4, 378-390.
Chapter 4
116
Minbaeva, D., and Pedersen, T. (2010). Governing individual knowledge-sharing
behaviour. International Journal of Strategic Change Management, 2:2-3, 200-
222.
Minbaeva, D., Foss, N., and Snell, S. (2009). Bringing the knowledge perspective
into HRM. Human Resource Management, 48:4, 477-483.
Minbaeva, D., Pedersen, T., Björkman, I., Fey, C. F., and Park, H. J. (2003). MNC
knowledge transfer, subsidiary absorptive capacity, and HRM. Journal of
international business studies, 34:6, 586-599.
Ndofor, H. A., and Levitas, E. (2004). Signaling the strategic value of knowledge.
Journal of Management, 30:5, 685-702.
Nonaka, I., Von Krogh, G., and Voelpel, S. (2006). Organizational knowledge
creation theory: evolutionary paths and future advances. Organization studies,
27:8, 1179-1208.
Nunnally, J. C. (1978). Psychomtietrictheory (second edition). New York:
McGraw-Hill.
Obadia, C., and Vida, I. (2011). Cross-border relationships and performance:
Revisiting a complex linkage. Journal of Business Research, 64:5, 467-475.
OECD (1996). The knowledge-based economy. Head of Publications Service,
OECD, 2 rue André Pascal, 75775 Paris, Cedex 16, France. Site:
http://www.oecd.org/sti/sci-tech/1913021.pdf
Podsakoff, P.M., MacKenzie, S.B., Jeong-Yeon, L., and Podsakoff, N.P. (2003).
Common Method Biases in Behavioral Research: A Critical Review of the
Literature and Recommended Remedies. Journal of Applied Psychology, 88:5,
879–903.
Prieto, I., and Pilar Perez-Santana, M. (2014). Managing innovative work
behavior: the role of human resource practices. Personnel Review, 43:2, 184-208.
Radaelli, G., Lettieri, E., Mura, M., and Spiller, N. (2014). Knowledge Sharing
and Innovative Work Behaviour in Healthcare: A Micro‐Level Investigation of
High Performance Work Systems and employee innovative behaviour
117
Direct and Indirect Effects. Creativity and Innovation Management, 23:4, 400-
414.
Riege, A. (2005). Three-dozen knowledge-sharing barriers managers must
consider. Journal of knowledge management, 9:3, 18-35.
Scott, S. G., and Bruce, R. A. (1994). Determinants of innovative behavior: A path
model of individual innovation in the workplace. The Academy of Management
Journal, 37:3, 580-607.
Shalley, C. E. (1995). Effects of coaction, expected evaluation, and goal setting on
creativity and productivity. The Academy of Management Journal, 38:2, 483-503.
Shrout, P. E., and Bolger, N. (2002). Mediation in experimental and
nonexperimental studies: new procedures and recommendations. Psychological
methods, 7:4, 422-445.
Starbuck, W. H. (1992). Learning by Knowledge‐Intensive Firms. Journal of
management Studies, 29:6, 713-740.
Sun, L. Y., Aryee, S., and Law, K. S. (2007). High-performance human resource
practices, citizenship behavior, and organizational performance: A relational
perspective. Academy of Management Journal, 50:3, 558-577.
Tsai, W. (2001). Knowledge transfer in intraorganizational networks: Effects of
network position and absorptive capacity on business unit innovation and
performance. Academy of Management Journal, 44:5, 996-1004.
Van de Ven, A. (1986). Central problems in the management of innovation.
Management Science, 32:5, 590-607.
Van de Voorde, K. and Beijer, S. (2015). The role of employee HR attributions in
the relationship between high-performance work systems and employee outcomes.
Human Resource Management Journal 25:1, 62–78.
Van den Hooff, B., and Huysman, M. (2009). Managing knowledge sharing:
Emergent and engineering approaches. Information & Management, 46:1, 1-8.
Chapter 4
118
Van Wijk, R., Jansen, J. J., and Lyles, M. A. (2008). Inter‐and Intra‐
Organizational Knowledge Transfer: A Meta-Analytic Review and Assessment of
its Antecedents and Consequences. Journal of Management Studies, 45:4, 830-
853.
West, M. A., and Farr, J. L. (1989). Innovation at work: Psychological
perspectives. Social Behavior, 4:1, 15-30.
West, M. A., Hirst, G., Richter, A., and Shipton, H. (2004). Twelve steps to
heaven: Successfully managing change through developing innovative teams.
European Journal of Work and Organizational Psychology, 13: 2, 269-299.
Wright, P. M., and Boswell, W. R. (2002). Desegregating HRM: A review and
synthesis of micro and macro human resource management research. Journal of
Management, 28:3, 247–276.
Yeşil, S., Koska, A., and Büyükbeşe, T. (2013). Knowledge sharing process,
innovation capability and innovation performance: an empirical study. Procedia-
Social and Behavioral Sciences, 75:3, 217-225.
Youndt, M. A., Snell, S. A., Dean, J. W., and Lepak, D. P. (1996). Human
resource management, manufacturing strategy, and firm performance. Academy of
management Journal, 39:4, 836-866.
Yuan, F., and Woodman, R. W. (2010). Innovative behavior in the workplace: The
role of performance and image outcome expectations. Academy of Management
Journal, 53:2, 323-342.
.
High Performance work systems and employee innovative behaviour
119
Chapter 5:
EMPLOYEE PERCEPTIONS OF HPWS
AND INNOVATIVE BEHAVIOUR. THE
ROLE OF EXPLORATORY LEARNING
Abstract
This study analyses the influence of employee perceptions of High Performance
Work Systems (HPWS) on employees’ exploratory learning and innovative
behaviour. Furthermore, we analyse the mediating role of exploratory learning in
this relationship. To achieve these objectives, a quantitative analysis is conducted
with a sample of 304 researchers from the Spanish public sphere. Results show the
relevance of employee perceptions of HPWS in promoting exploratory learning
and employee’s innovative behaviour. The mediating role of exploratory learning
in the relationship is confirmed. Thus, this study points out the importance of
workers perceptions of HPWS implementation, and its impact on employees’
behaviours. We propose practical and theoretical implications.
Chapter 5
120
High Performance Work Systems and employee innovative behaviour
121
5.1 INTRODUCTION
Human Resource Management (HRM) literature has focused on examining, from
a macro perspective, the relationship between HRM practices and organisational
performance (e.g. Huselid, 1995); however how HRM practices affect
performance outcomes is not clearly addressed (Den Hartog, Verburg and Croon,
2012). To this end, researchers have increasingly adopted a micro perspective to
disentangle the mechanisms through which HRM systems influence performance
(Kehoe and Wright, 2013; Nishii, Lepak and Schneider, 2008). From this micro
viewpoint, employee reactions (attitudinal and behavioural responses) to HRM
practices have been analysed (e.g. Appelbaum, Bailey, Berg, and Kalleberg, 2000;
Baluch, Salge, and Piening, 2013; Nishii, et al., 2008) as are seen the means
through which this relationship is produced. Particularly, it is highlighted that
employees play an essential role in explaining this relationship, and consequently
some authors emphasize the need to include employee perceptions in HR research
(e.g. Bowen and Ostroff, 2004; Kehoe and Wright, 2013; Nishii and Wright, 2008;
Van de Voorde and Beijer, 2015). Chang (2005) defines employees’ perception of
HRM as the expression of the beliefs an employee has about the HRM practices of
an organisation. Even though employee reactions were reflected to be central in
clarifying the mediating mechanism in the HRM-performance relationship, this
relevance is not clearly evident in empirical research (Nishii and Wright, 2008;
Wood, 2009). Following the above arguments, in this work we focus on employee
perceptions of HRM practices as more proximal predictors of individual attitudes
and behaviours (e.g. Khilji and Wang 2006; Nishii et al., 2008). Analysing
employee perceptions provides a framework for studying how employees
experience or perceive their employers’ HRM strategies and how the latter
influence their attitudes and behaviours (Alfes, Shantz, Truss and Soane, 2013).
We focus on innovative behaviour (IB), which is of great significance to
organisational effectiveness, efficacy, and survival (Scott and Bruce, 1994; West,
Hirst, Richter and Shipton, 2004). Employees’ IB refers to the ability to generate
ideas, develop new and better products, services and work processes (De Jong and
Den Hartog, 2007). Bearing in mind that the creation of innovation lies on the
Chapter 5
122
ideas and people ‘develop, carry, react to, and modify them’ (Van de Ven 1986:
592), the analysis of those aspects in facilitating IB becomes critical. Many works
have analysed those factors affecting employees’ IB. In many cases, they have
been focused on studying the influence of the role of supervisor’s support (Dysvik,
Kuvaas and Buch, 2014; Janssen, 2005; Yuan and Woodman, 2010), work
characteristics (Farr and Ford, 1990; Oldham and Cummings, 1996), or
organisational climate and culture as well as how problems are sorted out (Scott
and Bruce, 1994). Despite this, there is scarce empirical evidence to explain how
several aspects of individual and contextual nature (e.g. employee perceptions of
HRM systems) may have an effect on employees’ IB (Shalley, Zhou and Oldham,
2004).
Another relevant issue for IB is exploratory learning. Exploratory learning is a
type of individual learning formed by two complementary dimensions;
information acquisition and information interpretation (Flores, Zheng, Rau and
Thomas, 2012). Authors such as Shipton, West, Dawson, Birdi and Patterson
(2006) consider that this IB is fostered through the application of certain HRM
practices. From a conceptual perspective, exploration implies the generation of
new ideas through the active search of viewpoints, alternatives and different
perspectives (Danneels, 2002). The implementation of HRM practices requires the
participation of middle managers and supervisors in order to be adequately
perceived by the employees. Thus, we argue that the level of individual
exploratory learning depends on how HRM practices are perceived by employees.
Besides, innovation is dependent on employees’ exploratory knowledge. Thus, the
individual analysis of this kind of knowledge, how it is fostered by HRM practices
and its impact on IB is highly relevant for companies’ effectiveness. For these
reasons, we base our study on the perceptions of employees about aspects related
to HRM practices and their effect on exploratory learning and IB.
Also, Guthrie (2012) supports our research line stating that specialized
academicians in HRM are needed to contribute on knowledge creation and
innovation management topics. Bearing in mind the above-mentioned arguments,
with this manuscript we contribute to the literature by adopting a twofold
approach and analysing new unexplored relations based on two basic arguments:
High Performance work systems and employee innovative behaviour
123
firstly, IB and exploratory learning are triggered through employee perceptions of
HPWS and, secondly, exploratory learning is a sine qua non condition for
employees’ IB to take place. Thus, considering these preliminary arguments we
have the following basic goals for the research presented here. First of all, we
want explore whether employee perceptions of HPWS are associated to IB and
exploratory learning. And, secondly, we want to analyse the mediating role of
exploratory learning in the relationship between employee perceptions of HPWS
and IB. The results obtained contribute to the literature on learning and innovation
micro-foundations, showing the relevance of employee perceptions of HPWS for
exploratory learning and IB. We further contribute to HRM literature by showing
how employee perceptions of HRM systems are linked to employee positive
attitudes and behaviours.
To achieve the goals stated above, this manuscript is structured as follows. After
this introductory section, we present a theoretical review related to the main
relationship studied in this work. Next, we explain the research methods and
procedures we have used to carry out the empirical analysis. Lastly, we show the
main results of the research, as well as the main conclusions and implications.
5.2 THEORETICAL REVIEW
5.2.1 HPWS perception and employees’ innovative behaviour
Traditional literature on HRM has focused on the analysis of HRM practices and
performance from different perspectives. One of the most outstanding approaches
has been the system approach (Delery and Doty 1996; Combs, Liu, Hall and.
Kitchen, 2006). From this viewpoint, some sets or configurations of practices
defined as high performance or high commitment practices (HPWS) are
considered. These sets of practices are designed to promote employee skills and
behaviours (Huselid, 1995; Way, 2002). As this approach is considered by the
specialist literature as conceptually superior (see: Combs, et al., 2006) compared
to the other perspectives (e.g. individual practices approach), we have adopted this
conceptualization in the work presented here.
Researchers have analysed the effects of HPWS on different kind of outcomes,
such as profitability or productivity, financial performance, commitment and
Chapter 5
124
satisfaction (e.g. Huselid, 1995; Verburg, Den Hartog, and Koopman, 2007), or
more recently, innovation performance (e.g. Beugelsdijk, 2008; Lau and Ngo,
2004). However, specialized literature draws the attention on the analysis of the
effects of HPWS on employee behaviours (Kehoe and Wright, 2013; Macky and
Boxall, 2007; Grant and Shields, 2002). The assumption is that HPWS affect
organisational performance as workers change their attitudes and behaviours in
response to their experience of HR practices (Gould-Williams and Mohamed,
2010).
However, only some recent works have evidenced that the effect of HPWS on
organisational performance becomes more immediate and positive when employee
behaviours and attitudes are considered in this relationship (Boxall and Macky,
2009; Nishii, et al., 2008; Takeuchi, Chen and Lepak, 2009), as employees are
motivated to behave in line with organisational goals, a vital aspect to achieve
good levels of firm performance (e.g. Gottschalg and Zollo, 2007). Growing
interest in employee perceptions of HRM has arisen because it is assumed that
employee perceptions of HRM may affect their work behaviours and outcomes
(Takeuchi and Takeuchi, 2013), such as IB. In line with the prior argument, the
fact that employees adopt a behaviour oriented to innovation becomes a key
matter when analysing the relationship between HPWS and performance. Combs
et al. (2006) stated that HPWS affect organisational performance through three
different mechanisms: a) the increase of employees’ knowledge and skills; b) the
increase of employees’ actions; and c) the motivation of employees to carry out
such behaviours (Becker, Huselid, Pickus and Spratt, 1997; Delery and Shaw,
2001). These three aspects have an influence on employee discretional behaviours,
creativity and productivity (Becker, et al., 1997) and, consequently, on their IB.
Other authors (Agarwala, 2003; Alfes, et al., 2013) highlight that there are few
studies analysing how individuals experience HRM interventions. Particularly,
employee attitudes and behaviours as a response to the HRM system depend on
the HRM practices that the employees perceive to exist in their working context
(Bowen and Ostroff, 2004), rather than on what the manager says has been
implemented. In this respect, some works have shown that employee perceptions
of HRM practices are significantly different from the reports about those HRM
High Performance work systems and employee innovative behaviour
125
practices actually employed by the firm (Liao, Toya, Lepak and Hong, 2009). In
the research presented here we emphasize on employee perceptions.
Also, recent contributions of the literature about employees’ IB (Zhou, Hong and
Liu, 2013) suggest that HPWS create an environment where individuals feel
committed to organisational objectives. To facilitate the attainment of
organisational objectives linked to innovation, some of the practices that have
been analysed are training and development, pay for performance, and practices in
order to encourage participation, promotion and safety at work. Due to their link to
innovation performance, such practices may be considered as relevant HPWS.
At an individual level, insights from the social exchange theory (Eisenberger,
Fasolo and Davis-LaMastro, 1990; Rhoades and Eisenberger, 2002) implicitly
posit that HRM promotes the discretionary behaviours that are conducive to
innovation (Hayton, 2004). But surprisingly, scant studies analyse empirically the
relationship between employee perceptions of HPWS and IB at the individual
level. Despite this lack, certain previous research is in line with this assumption. In
this vein, Bednall, Sanders and Runhaar (2014) confirm that the quality of some
HRM practices (e.g. performance appraisal) positively affects the level of
knowledge sharing and employees’ IB. Besides, Kuvaas and Dysvik (2010)
demonstrated that employee perceptions of HPWS lead employees to show higher
task-related performance, more organizational citizenship behaviours are less
prone to quit. Recently, Prieto and Pérez-Santana (2014) have analysed the role of
high- involvement HRM practices on employees’ innovative behaviour. However,
in their study they use a small organisational level sample for testing the
association proposed and use other set of practices.
Consequently, we argue that employee perceptions of HPWS enhance their ability,
motivation and opportunities to participate (Takeuchi, et al., 2009; Searle, Den
Hartog, Weibel, Gillespie, Six, Hatzakis and Skinner, 2011) on innovation
activities, as employees’ ideas and contributions are crucial for innovation.
Considering the arguments put forward above and the fact that no previous
research has analysed employee perceptions of HPWS as drivers of IB yet, we
hypothesize the following:
Chapter 5
126
H1: Employee perceptions of HPWS are positively associated to employees’
innovative behaviour.
5.2.2 Employee perceptions of HPWS and its impact on exploratory
learning and IB.
Much of the literature on organisational learning agrees on the individual nature of
learning. Individual learning is defined as an individual competence, capability,
and motivation to undertake the required tasks (Bontis, Crossan and Hulland,
2002:443). Also, it is agreed that individuals are the ones who learn and not
organisations (Miner and Mezias 1996). However, most of the works analysing
learning variables have been developed from an organisational perspective. Thus,
individual-level and interpersonal-level micro foundations (Felin and Hesterly,
2007), have rarely been tested (Minbaeva, Foss and Snell, 2009; Minbaeva,
Mäkelä and Rabbiosi, 2012).
Framing on Flores et al., (2012) conceptualization, we define exploratory learning
as a type of individual learning composed by two complementary dimensions;
information acquisition and information interpretation. Information acquisition
refers to the process through which an individual acquires information from
internal or external sources (Huber, 1991; Leonard-Barton, 1992) and through
feedback from past actions (Duncan and Weiss, 1979). With regard to the second
dimension of exploratory learning (information interpretation) it has to do with the
process through which individuals make sense of new information that they have
acquired (Levinthal and March, 1993) in order to convert it into a new common
knowledge (Daft and Weick, 1984). Thus, human resources and the relationships
between individuals are key elements in these processes (Jiménez-Jiménez and
Sanz-Valle, 2012), as learning has a human nature.
Recent research has increased our understanding on the impact of HRM practices
on different knowledge-related aspects as knowledge creation, knowledge transfer
and absorptive capacity (Chen and Huang, 2009; Minbaeva et al., 2009) and its
effect on several performance outcomes as innovation or organisational
performance (López-Cabrales, Pérez-Luño and Valle-Cabrera, 2009). However,
these studies employed aggregate collective-level relationships (López-Cabrales et
High Performance work systems and employee innovative behaviour
127
al, 2009). As Minbaeva et al. (2009) highlighted, more work needs to be done to
uncover the underlying mechanisms through which HRM practices influence the
development of knowledge as a result of the learning process. Given that HRM is
a crucial mechanism through which organisations are able to exert influence on
such individual-level conditions and processes (Minbaeva, et al, 2012), we need a
better understanding of how and why HRM practices affect employees’
exploratory learning and, consequently their IB.
Authors such as West (2002), states that innovation consists of two phases where
knowledge exploration and exploitation are present. In the first phase
(exploration), the creative idea is generated and, in the second one it is
implemented (exploitation). In this sense, the exploration stage is characterized by
risk taking, experimentation and flexibility of employees in order to discover new
and different phenomena of interest (Shipton et al, 2006), so it becomes directly
linked to employees’ IB. We argue that exploratory learning implies the
generation of new ideas through the active search for different viewpoints,
alternatives and perspectives (Danneels, 2002). On the other hand, IB includes the
generation (or adaptation) of novel solutions to problems, persuading mates to
adopt new approaches and applying them to the organisation (Scott and Bruce
1994). Thus, as a result of the comparison of both concepts, we may derive that IB
is reinforced by employees’ exploratory learning, and that’s why it may be
considered that exploratory learning becomes an antecedent or determinant of
employees’ IB.
In this sense, Shipton et al. (2006) foreground the relevance of HPWS to promote
exploratory learning as a predictor of innovation performance, through the study
of this relationship from an organisational level. In their work, (Shipton et al.,
2006) highlighted the relevance of employees’ exploratory learning through the
acquisition of potentially applicable knowledge and skills and, in so doing,
facilitating innovation. This way, the results of this study put the emphasis on how
HPWS could affect the exploratory approach of employees and foster, as a result,
innovation performance. Thus, taking this research line as a starting point, we
argue that employee perceptions of HPWS may foster exploratory learning.
Besides, we assert that exploratory learning mediates the relationship between
Chapter 5
128
employee perceptions of HPWS and IB. Considering that individuals are the basis
of innovations; we may assume that the existence of IB requires individuals’
exploratory learning which is enhanced through employee perceptions of HPWS.
Hence, we may hypothesize the following:
H2: Employee perceptions of HPWS are positively associated to exploratory
learning
H3: Exploratory learning will mediate the relationship between employee
perceptions of HPWS and IB
5.3 RESEARCH METHODOLOGY
5.3.1 Sample and data collection
To achieve the proposed objectives and to test the hypotheses formulated
previously we have applied quantitative methodology. We obtained data from
researchers working in a Spanish university and from research institutes belonging
to the same university, which formed our research population. The questionnaire
was sent to 2,469 employees, resulting in a final sample of 304 valid
questionnaires with a 12% response rate. Participation was voluntary for all
employees, and confidentiality was assured. The questionnaire was sent by email,
as all employees had access to computers. The e-mail contained additional
information to motivate and inform the respondent about the questionnaire. Data
was collected between December 2013 and mid-2014.
Descriptive analysis shows that the average age of employees in the workplace is
13.8 years (SD: 9.91), with respect to gender 49.3% of the sample were men and
the remaining 50.7% women (SD: 0.5). Regarding the educational level, 65.5%
have doctoral studies, 7.5% Masters and 27 % a degree or less (SD: 0.94). With
respect to their professional situation in the university hierarchy, 73.7% are P&R
(academic position: professors and researchers), 19.7 % occupy the position as
technical researchers and 6.6 % are in-training research staff (SD: 0.59).
5.3.2 Measurement scales
The proposed scales were adapted from the previous literature. The survey used
was initially created in English and then translated into Spanish following
High Performance work systems and employee innovative behaviour
129
Brislin’s established procedure (1980) to ensure the accuracy of the original scales
and items. We used 7-point Likert scale, ranging from ‘strongly disagree’ to
‘strongly agree’.
Innovative behaviour: the scale has been adjusted from the one developed by Scott
and Bruce (1994). A sample of the items used is the following: ‘I generate creative
ideas; I investigate and obtain the necessary funds to apply new ideas and to
develop plans and programs for the implementation of these new ideas’.
Exploratory Learning is an adaptation of the proposed scale included in the work
of Flores, et al. (2012). The original scale has been reduced to 8 items, focusing on
those items related to the acquisition of information (4 items) and the
interpretation of that information (4 items), sub-processes within the learning
process that form part of the concept ‘exploratory learning ‘.
High Performance Work System (HPWS): The scale consists of 17 items. These
include five sub-scales referring to five key HR practices: training and
development (4 items), pay for performance (4 items), career development (3
items), participation in decision-making processes (4 items) and job security (2
items). This measure has been developed by Sun, Ayree and Lau, (2007).
Educational level, gender and tenure in the organisation were used as control
variables. The inclusion of these variables is based on previous studies, as they can
have an impact on the perception of HPWS (Alfes, et al., 2013; Dysvik et al.,
2014) and on IB (Scott and Bruce, 1994; Janssen, 2005).
5.4 ANALYSIS AND RESULTS
5.4.1 Descriptive analysis
Table 5.1 presents mean, standard deviations (SD) and correlations for each
variable used in this study. Correlations between scales show the expected
direction; they are positive and significant (p<0.01). Regarding the correlations
between constructs and control variables, we found significant correlations
between some key study variables and some demographic variables.
Chapter 5
130
Table 5.1: Mean, standard deviations and correlations among study variables
Mean SD 1 2 3 4 5
1. - IB 5.03 1.24
2. - HPWS 4.44 1.09 .24**
3. - Exploratory learning 5.70 .75 .55** .21**
4. - Gender 1.51 .50 -.03 -.10 -.01
5. - Tenure 13.80 9.91 .03 .25** .06 -.09
6. - Educational level 2.36 .94 .20** .11 .08 -.19** .37**
Note: To calculate the correlation coefficients, we worked with the mean of the items that make up
each dimension. *p<0.05; **p<0.01
5.4.2 Evaluating the measurement model
The structural model was estimated through Partial Least Squares Path Modelling
(PLSPM) using SmartPLS 3.2. Our study used reflective constructs. Employee
perceptions of HPWS and exploratory learning are measured as second order
variables, however IB, was measured as first order factor.
Measurement model properties have been evaluated according to Hair, Sarstedt,
Ringle, and Mine (2012) recommendations for PLSPM. All indicators are
significantly associated to their respective constructs (p<.01) with standardized
loadings greater than 0.7 (Barroso, Carrión and Roldán. 2010) proving a high
indicator reliability. Table 5.2 shows values for internal consistency and
discriminant validity. For assessing internal consistency, we evaluated Cronbach’s
Alphas (CA), composite reliability and Average Variance Extracted (AVE). All
constructs had alpha values greater than 0.7 and CR values of the constructs
ranged from 0.89 to 0.90, all greater than the threshold of 0.7 (Bagozzi and Yi,
1988). AVE values for each construct are equal or higher than the 0.50 threshold
(Fornell and Larcker, 1981) confirming the convergent validity of the
measurement model.
High Performance work systems and employee innovative behaviour
131
Finally, we followed Fornell and Larcker’s (1981) procedure in order to test
Discriminant Validity issues; as we can see in table 5.2, AVE values are greater
than the square of the correlations between each pair of factors. We also checked
that each item had a greater load on the factor it measured than its cross loadings
with the rest of the latent variables (Henseler, Ringle and Sinkovics, 2009).
For assessing common method variance we have followed Podsakoff and others
(2003) recommendations. We have used Harman's single factor test to analyse
potential biases. Results showed that the variance explained by this factor is lower
than 30%, so we can conclude that there are no problems arising common method
biases in this study.
Table 5.2. CR, AVE and squared correlations between factors
CR 0.89 0.90 0.89
CA 0.83 0.74 0.78
AVE F.1 F.2 F.3
1.Innovative behaviour 0.68
2. HPWS 0.06 0.50
3. Exploratory Learning 0.30 0.04 0.82
5.4.3 The structural model
Predictive relevance of the two dependent variables of the model was assessed
using Stone-Geisser’s Q2 (Stone, 1974; Geisser, 1975), which can be measured
using blindfolding procedures. As is shown in Table 5.3 all dependent latent
variables exhibited Q2 higher that 0 suggesting the predictive relevance of the
model (Chin, 1998). Power analysis was performed using G*Power 3 (Faul,
Erdfelder, Buchner, and Lang, 2009) to test if our sample assured a power for the
R2 deviation from zero test greater than 80%. Achieved power was greater than
96%.
The R2 value of the dependent latent variables was used to determine the amount
of variance explained by the model (See Table 5.3). According to Falk and Miller
Note: CR (shown in the first row of the matrix); AVE (shown in bold in the diagonal of the
matrix); the rest of the numbers show the squared correlations between factors.
Chapter 5
132
(1992), this index must be higher than 0.1. As Table 5.3 shows, although R2 for IB
achieve this threshold (R2=0.10), exploratory learning R2 is smaller (R2=0.04) than
that threshold. However, as Hair et al. (2012) indicate, acceptable R2 depend on
the research context and we assume that many other determinants of exploratory
learning are external to our model.
5.5 RESULTS
To test the hypotheses proposed in our model we used Smart-PLS 3.2. For testing
mediation we followed Preacher and Hayes’ (2004 and 2008) recommendations.
Bootstrapping was used to generate standard errors and t-statistics.
Table 5.3 shows results related to hypotheses 1 and 2. The first hypothesis
proposed a positive effect of employee perceptions of HPWS on IB. To this
respect, results show that employee perceptions of HPWS are positively associated
to IB(r=0.24; p<0.00), which supports this first hypothesis (H1). Similarly,
regarding the influence of the control variables in this relationship, the variable
level of education also has a positive and significant influence on IB (r= 0.22;
p<0.00). Hypothesis 2 suggested that employee perceptions of HPWS are
positively related to exploratory learning. Results show that employee perceptions
of HPWS have a positive and significant effect on exploratory learning (r= 0.20;
p<0.00). Hence, our second hypothesis is also supported. However, none of the
control variables have an influence on exploratory learning.
Table 5.3. Results supporting H1 and 2
Relationships proposed Estimate t-value
H1: HPWS- IB 0.24*** 4.10
H2: HPWS-Exploratory Learning 0.20*** 3.12
R2 (IB)= 0.10; R2(EL)=0.04 /Q2 (IB)= 0.05; Q2(EL)=0.02
Note: *p<0.05; **p<0.01, ***p<0.00
Regards the third hypothesis proposed (H3: Exploratory learning will mediate the
relationship between employee perceptions of HPWS and IB), we developed a
mediation analysis to study the effect of exploratory learning on the relationship
between employee perceptions of HPWS and IB. The first condition for mediation
High Performance work systems and employee innovative behaviour
133
to take place is the existence of a positive and significant effect in the direct model
(employee perceptions of HPWS and IB). Results from the direct model show the
existence of a direct relationship (β = 0.24 p <0.001); therefore, the first condition
is met for mediation. Following Preacher and Hayes’ (2004, 2008) approach, the
sampling distribution of the indirect effect was bootstrapped (5,000 samples).
Results show a significant indirect effect (βHPWS⋅βEL=0.11; t=3.20 p<.00). The
smaller significant link between HPWS and innovative behaviour and a variance
accounted for (VAF) of 50% confirm the partial mediating role of exploratory
learning. Table 5.4 summarizes the mediation analysis performed in this
investigation.
Chapter 5
134
Table 5.4. MEDIATION EFFECT TESTING
Model Relationships proposed Parameter
Identification
Standardized Path
coefficients
t-value
(Bootstrap)
A HPWS- Innovative Behaviour c’ 0.24*** 4.10
B
HPWS- Innovative Behaviour c 0.11* 2.14
HPWS-Exploratory Learning a 0.20*** 3.41
Exploratory Learning- Innovative
Behaviour b 0.53*** 12.02
Indirect Effect a*b 0.11*** 3.20
Note: Model A= Only direct effect of HPWS on IB; Model B=Full model, HPWS on IB
controlling by EL *p<.05; ***p<0.00; VAF= (a*b)/(a*b+c)=0.50
5.6 CONCLUSIONS AND IMPLICATIONS
The study of employees’ IB has become crucial in recent years, as IB contributes
to attain organisational success through the generation of new and useful ideas and
their translation into new and better products, services and work processes (De
Jong and Den Hartog, 2007). As individuals are who start and develop the
innovation process, it is of primary importance to study which contextual and
individual factors foster IB. Also, the study of IB needs to be carried out from
knowledge and HRM perspective to be better understood (Guthrie, 2012). Thus,
the aim of this article is to answer the question whether employee perceptions of
HPWS are related to exploratory learning and IB, trying to reveal the mediating
function of exploratory learning in this relationship.
As shown before, the first hypothesis we have formulated poses the positive
association of employee perceptions of HPWS on IB. In this respect, our empirical
results confirmed this hypothesis in line with certain prior studies, both
theoretically (Hayton 2004) and empirically (e.g. Bednall et al, 2014; Beugelsdijk,
2008; Laursen and Foss, 2003; Prieto and Pérez-Santana, 2014). These prior
works have focused on the study of single practices (e.g. performance quality
appraisal) (Bednall et al., 2014) or have done so from an organisational
perspective (Beugelsdijk, 2008; Laursen and Foss, 2003; Prieto and Pérez-
High Performance work systems and employee innovative behaviour
135
Santana, 2014). Our study contributes to HPWS and innovation literature by
analysing this relationship from an individual stand point and considering the
systemic nature of HPWS.
Our second hypothesis proposed a positive and significant association of
employee perceptions of HPWS on exploratory learning. It is highlight that HPWS
are antecedents of certain kind of knowledge variables (Chen and Huang, 2009;
Minbaeva et al., 2009). However, as we stated before, scarce literature has
analysed the relationship between employee perceptions of HPWS on learning
variables at the individual level (see: Minbaeva, et al., 2009; Minbaeva, et al.,
2012), and specifically focusing on exploratory learning. However, only of
Shipton et al. (2006) suggested from a macro perspective the effect of HPWS on
exploratory learning, but in that study they were unable to test this assertion. Thus,
with our study we contribute to HPWS and learning literature showing that
employee perceptions relate to their exploratory learning.
With regard to the third hypothesis which proposed the mediating effect of
exploratory learning in the relationship between HPWS and IB, our results also
supported this relationship. Shipton, Sanders, Bednall, Ling and Escriba-Carda,
(2016) theoretically proposed that exploratory learning could be considered as an
antecedent of IB. Furthermore, as mentioned above a similar prior study by
Shipton and others (2006) studied from an organisational perspective how HR
practices promoting exploratory learning and HR practices to develop knowledge,
skills and attitudes are related to technical and product innovation. In this research
(which was at macro, rather than micro, level), the role of exploratory learning
was not explicitly tested. Hence, the contribution of our study lies in analysing the
intermediate role of exploratory learning between employee perceptions of HPWS
and IB. Moreover, our results confirmed the existence of partial mediation. This
fact implies that the existence of exploratory learning is a necessary condition for
IB to take place, and HPWS clearly stimulate the existence of exploratory learning
at the individual level which in turn generates a positively oriented behaviour.
Considering the implications, from a theoretical perspective this manuscript
provides a different standpoint on the analysis of HPWS. Particularly, our work
Chapter 5
136
puts the emphasis on the individual level and focuses on analysing employee
perceptions of how HPWS have been applied. The study of the link between
HPWS and IB from an individual point of view may pave the way to future
research on the micro and subjective nature of learning and the effect that HPWS
may have on it. Also, the analysis of the effect of HPWS based on the responses of
managers (intended practices) has been widely criticized due to its subjective
character (Arthur and Boyles, 2007). However, our work places the emphasis on
how employees perceive the application of those practices in their working
context, in this way somewhat overcoming this drawback. By studying employee
perceptions of HPWS implementation we take a step further by focusing on the
receivers of managerial actions.
The results of our work also have implications from a practical perspective. The
joint implementation of a set of practices related to training, promotion,
participation, pay for performance and safety at work, will encourage exploratory
learning based on the adoption of new viewpoints, risk taking and flexibility,
providing a greater orientation to innovation by employees. In addition, our work
has revealed that the top management team of the firm must give importance not
only to the application of HPWS, but also to how such practices are perceived by
employees. In this way, an effective HRM strategy for innovation needs to be
correctly designed by the managers of the firm (intentions) as well as needs to be
adequately perceived by employees’ (perceptions). This fact implies that the
measurement of HPWS effectiveness needs to be expressed as a difference
between intentions and perceptions (I-P) if the individual IB is sought. A positive
gap in I-P for HPWS implies that part of the power of HPWS has been lost and,
consequently, the firm will have to make a greater effort to better communicate its
HRM intentions. When the difference in I-P is zero, the firm may assume that its
HPWS are going to cause the intended effect on employees’ IB. But only when
this gap is negative (I<P) the company will have highly motivated employees’
and, as a result will create sources of IB that can contribute to organisational
performance.
To conclude, the main limitations of this work may derive from the use of a single
source of information and the cross sectional nature of the study. However, some
High Performance work systems and employee innovative behaviour
137
authors (e.g. Arthur and Boyles, 2007; Minbaeva, 2013) highlighted the necessity
of conducting research on HPWS and learning at the individual level. Besides, we
open up the potential for a new stream of work that considers HRM’s role not in
controlling and directing employees but rather in fostering exposure to new and
different experiences and perspectives through exploratory learning. Combined
with our focus on employee perceptions of HRM and any relationship with
innovation, we believe that our paper makes a significant theoretical contribution
to the field.
It is worth pointing out that conducting the research within the same organisation
may reduce common methods bias. Future research could be focused on gathering
and analysing longitudinal data. Also, as suggested above, supervisor’s intention
underlying the development of HPWS and employee perceptions should be
measured and compared in an empirical work. Additionally, this future research
should also measure the effect of IB on individual as well as organisational
innovation performance. This way we could assess the real effectiveness of IB.
Furthermore, the consideration of other contextual variables as culture and climate
could be born in mind in the analysis of the relationship between HPWS and IB,
as these variables may actually affect the working context of employees as well as
the implementation of HPWS.
Chapter 5
138
5.7 REFERENCES
Agarwala, T. (2003). Innovative Human Resource Practices and Organizational
Commitment: An Empirical Investigation. International Journal of Human
Resource Management 14:2, 175-197.
Alfes, K., Shantz, A. D., Truss, C., and Soane, E. C. (2013). The link between
perceived human resource management practices, engagement and employee
behaviour: A moderated mediation model. International Journal of Human
Resource Management, 24:2, 330-351.
Appelbaum, E., Bailey, T., and Berg, P. P., A. Kalleberg, (2000). Manufacturing
Advantage: Why High Performance Work Systems Pay Off.
Arthur, J. B., and Boyles, T. (2007). Validating the human resource system
structure: A levels-based strategic HRM approach. Human Resource Management
Review, 17:1, 77-92.
Bagozzi, R. P., and Yi, Y. (1988). On the evaluation of structural equation models.
Journal of the academy of marketing science, 16:1, 74-94.
Baluch, A. M., Salge, T. O., and Piening, E. P. (2013). Untangling the relationship
between HRM and hospital performance: the mediating role of attitudinal and
behavioural HR outcomes. International Journal of Human Resource
Management, 24:16, 3038-3061.
Barroso, C., Carrión, G. C., and Roldán, J. L. (2010). Applying maximum
likelihood and PLS on different sample sizes: studies on SERVQUAL model and
employee behavior model. In Handbook of partial least squares, Springer Berlin
Heidelberg (pp. 427-447).
Becker B.E., Huselid M.A., Pickus P.S., and Spratt M.F. (1997). HR as a source of
shareholder value: Research and recommendations. Human Resource
Management 36:1, 39–47.
Bednall T.C.; Sanders K.; and Runhaar P. (2014). Stimulating Informal Learning
Activities through Perceptions of Performance Appraisal Quality and Human
High Performance work systems and employee innovative behaviour
139
Resource Management System Strength: A Two-Wave Study. Academy of
Management Learning and Education 13:1, 45–61.
Beugelsdijk, S. (2008). Strategic human resource practices and product
innovation. Organization Studies, 29:6, 821-847.
Bontis, N., Crossan, M. M., and Hulland, J. (2002). Managing an organizational
learning system by aligning stocks and flows. Journal of Management Studies,
39:4, 437-469.
Bowen, D. E., and Ostroff, C. (2004). Understanding HRM–Firm performance
linkages: The role of the Strength of the HRM system. Academy of Management
Review, 29:2, 203-221.
Boxall, P., and Macky, K. (2009). Research and theory on high performance work
systems: progressing the high involvement stream. Human Resource Management
Journal, 19:1, 3-23.
Brislin, R. W. (1980). Translation and content analysis of oral and written
material. Handbook of cross-cultural psychology, 2, 349-444.
Chang, E. (2005). Employees’ overall perception of HRM effectiveness. Human
Relations, 58:4, 523-544.
Chen, C. J., and Huang, J. W. (2009). Strategic human resource practices and
innovation performance—The mediating role of knowledge management capacity.
Journal of Business Research, 62:1, 104-114.
Chin, W.W. (1998). The partial least squares approach to structural equation
modeling. In: G. A. Marcoulides (Ed.), Modern Methods for Business Research,
Mahwah, NJ: Lawrence Erlbaum Associates (pp. 295–358).
Combs, J., Liu, Y., Hall, S., and Kitchen, D. (2006). How much do high-
performance work practices matter? A meta-analysis of their effects on
organizational performance. Personnel Psychology, 59:3, 501–528.
Daft, R. L., and Weick, K. E. (1984). Toward a model of organizations as
interpretation systems. Academy of management review, 9:2, 284-295.
Chapter 5
140
Danneels, E. (2002). The dynamics of product innovation and firm competences.
Strategic Management Journal, 23:1, 1095-1121.
De Jong, J. P., and Den Hartog, D. N. (2007). How leaders influence employees'
innovative behaviour. European Journal of Innovation Management, 10:1, 41-64.
Delery J.E, and Shaw J.D. (2001). The strategic management of people in work
organizations: Review, synthesis, and extension. In Ferris GR (Ed.), Research in
personnel and human resources management. Stamford, CT: JAI Press pp. 165–
197.
Delery, J. E., and Doty, D. H. (1996). Modes of theorizing in strategic human
resource management: Tests of universalistic, contingency, and configurational
performance predictions. Academy of management Journal, 39:4, 802-835.
Den Hartog, B. Verburg, and Croon (2012). Den Hartog, DN, Boon, C., Verburg,
RM, and Croon, MA (2012). HRM, communication, satisfaction, and perceived
performance: A cross-level test. Journal of Management, 39:6, 1637-1665.
Duncan and Weiss, (1979). Organizational learning: implications for organization
design. Research in Organizational Behaviour, 1, 75–123
Dysvik, A., Kuvaas, B., and Buch, R. (2014). Perceived training intensity and
work effort: The moderating role of perceived supervisor support. European
Journal of Work and Organizational Psychology, 23:5, 729-735.
Eisenberger,R., Fasolo, P. and Davis-LaMastro, V. (1990). Perceived
organizational support and employee diligence, commitment, and innovation.
Journal of Applied Psychology, 75:1, 51-59.
Falk, R.F. and Miller, N.B. (1992). A Primer for Soft Modeling, University of
Akron Press, Akron, OH.
Farr, J. L., and Ford, C. M. (1990). Individual innovation. In M. A. West & J. L.
Farr (Eds.), Innovation and creativity at work: Psychological and organizational
strategies. Chichester: Wiley.
High Performance work systems and employee innovative behaviour
141
Faul, F., Erdfelder, E., Buchner, A., and Lang, A. G. (2009). Statistical power
analyses using G* Power 3.1: Tests for correlation and regression analyses.
Behavior research methods, 41:4, 1149-1160.
Felin, T., and Hesterly, W. S. (2007). The knowledge-based view, nested
heterogeneity, and new value creation: Philosophical considerations on the locus
of knowledge. Academy of Management Review, 32:1, 195-218.
Flores, L. G., Zheng, W., Rau, D., and Thomas, C. H. 2012. Organizational
learning: Sub process identification, construct validation, and an empirical test of
cultural antecedents. Journal of Management, 38:2, 640-667.
Fornell, C., and Larcker, D. F. (1981). Structural equation models with
unobservable variables and measurement error: Algebra and statistics. Journal of
marketing research, 18, 382-388.
Foss, N. J., Husted, K., and Michailova, S. (2010). Governing Knowledge Sharing
in Organizations: Levels of Analysis, Governance Mechanisms, and Research
directions. Journal of Management Studies, 47:3, 455-482.
Geisser, S. (1975). The predictive sample reuse method with applications. Journal
of the American Statistical Association, 70:350, 320-328.
Gottschalg, O., and Zollo, M. (2007). Interest alignment and competitive
advantage. Academy of Management Review, 32:2, 418-437.
Gould-Williams, J., and Mohamed, R. B. (2010). A comparative study of the
effects of ‘best practice’ HRM on worker outcomes in Malaysia and England local
government. International Journal of Human Resource Management, 21:5, 653-
675.
Grant, D., and Shields, J. (2002). In search of the subject: Researching employee
reactions to human resource management. The Journal of Industrial Relations,
44:3, 313-334.
Guthrie, J. (2012). HRM, knowledge creation & innovation. Seminar Series on
Organizational Innovation, People Management and Sustained Performance.
Aston University, October.
Chapter 5
142
Hair, J. F., Sarstedt, M., Ringle, C. M., and Mena, J. A. (2012). An assessment of
the use of partial least squares structural equation modeling in marketing research.
Journal of the Academy of Marketing Science, 40:3, 414-433.
Hayton, J. (2004). Strategic human capital management in SMEs: An empirical
study of entrepreneurial performance. Human Resource Management, 42:4, 375–
391.
Henseler, J., Ringle, C. M., and Sinkovics, R. R. (2009). The use of partial least
squares path modeling in international marketing. Advances in International
Marketing (AIM), 20, 277-320.
Huber, G. P. (1991). Organizational learning: The contributing processes and the
literatures. Organization science, 2:1, 88-115.
Huselid, M. A. (1995). The impact of human resource management practices on
turnover, productivity, and corporate financial performance. Academy of
Management Journal, 38:3, 635-672.
Janssen, O. (2005). The joint impact of perceived influence and supervisor
supportiveness on employee innovative behavior. Journal of occupational and
organizational psychology, 78:4, 573-579.
Jimenez-Jimenez, D., and Sanz-Valle, R. (2012). Studying the effect of HRM
practices on the knowledge management process. Personnel Review, 42:1, 28-49.
Kehoe, R. R., and Wright, P. M. (2013). The impact of high-performance human
resource practices on employees’ attitudes and behaviors. Journal of Management,
39:2, 366-391.
Khilji, S. E., and Wang, X. (2006). Intended’and ‘implemented’HRM: the missing
linchpin in strategic human resource management research. International Journal
of Human Resource Management, 17:7, 1171-1189.
Kuvaas, B., and Dysvik, A. (2010). Exploring alternative relationships between
perceived investment in employee development, perceived supervisor support and
employee outcomes. Human Resource Management Journal, 20:2,138-156.
High Performance work systems and employee innovative behaviour
143
Lau, C., and Ngo, H. (2004). The HR system, organizational culture, and product
innovation. International Business Review, 13:6, 685-703.
Leonard‐Barton, D. (1992). Core capabilities and core rigidities: a paradox in
managing new product development. Strategic Management Journal, 13, 111-125.
Levinthal, D. A., and March, J. G. (1993). The myopia of learning. Strategic
Management Journal, 14:S2, 95-112.
Liao, H., Toya, K., Lepak, D, and Hong, Y. (2009). Do they see eye to eye?
Management and employee perspectives of high performance work systems and
influence processes on service quality. Journal of Applied Psychology, 94:2, 371-
391.
Lopez‐Cabrales, A., Pérez‐Luño, A., and Cabrera, R. V. (2009). Knowledge as a
mediator between HRM practices and innovative activity. Human Resource
Management, 48:4, 485-503.
Macky, K., and Boxall, P. (2007). The relationship between ‘high-performance
work practices’ and employee attitudes: an investigation of additive and
interaction effects. International Journal of Human Resource Management, 18:4,
537-567.
Minbaeva, D. B. (2013). Strategic HRM in building micro-foundations of
organizational knowledge-based performance. Human Resource Management
Review, 23:4, 378-390.
Minbaeva, D. B., Mäkelä, K., and Rabbiosi, L. (2012). Linking HRM and
knowledge transfer via individual‐level mechanisms. Human Resource
Management, 51:3, 387-405.
Minbaeva, D., Foss, N., and Snell, S. (2009). Bringing the knowledge perspective
into HRM. Human Resource Management, 48:4, 477-483.
Miner, A. S., and Mezias, S. J. (1996). Ugly duckling no more: Pasts and futures
of organizational learning research. Organization science, 7:1, 88-99.
Chapter 5
144
Nishii, L. H., Lepak, D. P., and Schneider, B. (2008). Employee attributions of the
“Why” of HR practices: Their effects on employee attitudes and behaviors, and
customer satisfaction. Personnel Psychology, 61:3, 503-545.
Nishii, L. and Wright, P.(2008). Variability within organizations: implications for
strategic human resource management, in D.B.Smith (ed.), The People Make the
Place: Dynamic Linkages Between Individuals and Organizations, New York:
Taylor and Francis Group.
Oldham, G. R., and Cummings, A. (1996). Employee creativity: Personal and
contextual factors at work. Academy of Management Journal, 39:3, 607–634.
Podsakoff, P.M., MacKenzie, S.B., Jeong-Yeon, L., and Podsakoff, N.P. (2003).
Common Method Biases in Behavioral Research: A Critical Review of the
Literature and Recommended Remedies. Journal of Applied Psychology, 88:5,
879–903.
Preacher, K. J., and Hayes, A. F. (2004). SPSS and SAS procedures for estimating
indirect effects in simple mediation models. Behavior research methods,
instruments, and computers, 36:4, 717-731.
Preacher, K. J., and Hayes, A. F. (2008). Asymptotic and resampling strategies for
assessing and comparing indirect effects in multiple mediator models. Behavior
Research Methods, 40:3, 879-891.
Prieto, I., and Pilar Perez-Santana, M. (2014). Managing innovative work
behavior: the role of human resource practices. Personnel Review, 43:2, 184-208.
Rhoades, L., and Eisenberger, R. (2002). Perceived organizational support: a
review of the literature. Journal of Applied Psychology, 87:4, 698.
Scarbrough, H. (2003). Knowledge management, HRM and the innovation
process. International Journal of Manpower, 24:5, 501-516.
Scott, S. G., and Bruce, R. A. (1994). Determinants of innovative behavior: A path
model of individual innovation in the workplace. Academy of Management
Journal, 37:3, 580-607.
High Performance work systems and employee innovative behaviour
145
Searle, R., Den Hartog, D. N., Weibel, A., Gillespie, N., Six, F., Hatzakis, T., and
Skinner, D. (2011). Trust in the employer: the role of high-involvement work
practices and procedural justice in European organizations. International Journal
of Human Resource Management, 22:5, 1069-1092.
Shalley, C. E., Zhou, J., and Oldham, G. R. (2004). The effects of personal and
contextual characteristics on creativity. Where should we go from here? Journal of
Management, 30:6, 933–958.
Shipton, H., West, M. A., Dawson, J. F., Birdi, K., and Patterson, M. G. (2006).
HRM as a predictor of innovation. Human Resource Management Journal, 16:1,
3-27.
Shipton,H.; Sanders,K.; Bednall,T.; Cai-Hui, V. and Escriba-Carda, N. (2016).
Beyond creativity: Implementing innovative ideas through Human Resource
Management. In (Miha Škerlavaj, Arne Carlsen, Anders Dysvik, Matej Černe,) in
Edward Elgar Publishing Ltd (eds.), Capitalizing on Creativity at Work: Fostering
the Implementation of Creative Ideas in Organizations.
Starbuck, W. H. (1992). Learning by Knowledge-Intensive Firms. Journal of
Management Studies, 29:6, 713-740.
Stone, M. (1974). Cross-validatory choice and assessment of statistical
predictions. Journal of the Royal Statistical Society. Series B (Methodological),
111-147.
Sun, L.-Y., Aryee, S., and Law, K. S. (2007). High-performance human resource
practices, citizenship behavior, and organizational performance: A relational
perspective. Academy of Management Journal 50:3, 558-577.
Takeuchi, N., and Takeuchi, T. (2013). Committed to the organization or the job?
Effects of perceived HRM practices on employees' behavioral outcomes in the
Japanese healthcare industry. International Journal of Human Resource
Management, 24:11, 2089-2106.
Takeuchi, R., Chen, G., and Lepak, D. P. (2009). Through the looking glass of a
social system cross level effects of HPWS on employees attitudes. Personnel
Psychology, 62:1, 1-29.
Chapter 5
146
Van de Ven, A. (1986). Central problems in the management of innovation.
Management Science, 32:5, 590-607.
Van De Voorde, K., and Beijer, S. (2015). The role of employee HR attributions
in the relationship between high‐performance work systems and employee
outcomes. Human Resource Management Journal, 25:1, 62-78
Verburg, R. M., Den Hartog, D. N., and Koopman, P. L. (2007). Configurations of
human resource management practices: a model and test of internal fit.
International Journal of Human Resource Management, 18:2, 184-208.
Way, S. A. (2002). High performance work systems and intermediate indicators of
firm performance within the US small business sector. Journal of Management,
28:6, 765-785.
West, M. A. (2002). Sparkling fountains or stagnant ponds: An integrative model
of creativity and innovation implementation in work groups. Applied Psychology,
51:3, 355-387.
West, M. A., Hirst, G., Richter, A., and Shipton, H. (2004). Twelve steps to
heaven: Successfully managing change through developing innovative teams.
European Journal of Work and Organizational Psychology, 13:2, 269-299.
Wood, S. (2009). HRM and organizational performance. In: Human Resource
Management: A critical approach In D.G. Collings, and G. Wood (Eds.). London:
Routledge Tayor & Francis Group, pp. 55-74.
Zhou, Y., Hong, Y. and Liu, J. (2013). Internal Commitment or External
Collaboration? The Impact of Human Resource Management Systems on Firm
Innovation and Performance. Human Resource Management, 52:2, 263–288.
High Performance Work Systems and employee innovative behaviour
147
Chapter 6:
HPWS, WORK ENGAGEMENT AND
INNOVATIVE BEHAVIOUR: INSIGHTS
FROM TANZANIA AND NIGERIA
Abstract
It is argued that HR content (HR systems) in combination with HR process (HR
implementation) is conducive to positive employee attitudes that in turn promote a
variety of performance outcomes such as innovative behaviour. Work engagement
is considered as a necessary employee attitude, to adopt activities that involve
taking risks, proactivity and enthusiasm facilitating, as a result, innovative
behaviours. This study investigates how HPWS work in a different social context.
Using data from 411 employees from four organisations located in Tanzania and
Nigeria, we found that western HPWS are positively related to African
employees’ innovative behaviours. Contrary to our expectations, there was no
interaction effect of HPWS and HR process on the HPWS-Innovative behaviour
relationship. Finally, we employed a moderation mediation effect to unravel the
relationships. Results confirmed that the relationship between HPWS and
innovative behaviours is mediated by work engagement.
Chapter 6
148
High Performance Work Systems and employee innovative behaviour
149
6.1 INTRODUCTION
Organisations are increasingly dependent upon members’ innovative behaviours
(IBs) as they deal with the complex and unpredictable challenges that
characterise modern life (Janssen, 2005; Scott and Bruce, 1994; Shalley, 1995;
West, Hirst, Richter and Shipton, 2004). IBs provide the basis for organisational
innovation (Amabile, 1988), which is in turn associated to competitive
advantage, firm performance and long term survival (Nystrom, 1990). Existing
research suggests that IB is dependent not only on individual talents, but also on
the wider context within which daily activities and tasks are performed
(Mumford, Scott, Gaddis and Strange, 2002; Shalley, Zhou and Oldham, 2004).
Despite this interest in IBs, there is still a considerably lack of knowledge
regarding how such behaviours can be stimulated in modern organisations.
There is wide and growing recognition of the potential contribution of human
resource (HR) management and High Performance Work Systems (HPWS) to
the achievement of strategically valuable organisational outcomes (Sun, Zhang,
Qi and Chen, 2012, Jiang, Wang and Zhao, 2012). Initially, discussion focused
on the content of HR systems, i.e. the optimum combination of HR practices,
including targeted training and development, flexible working practices, and
performance-related reward systems (Wright, Gardner, Moyniham and Allen,
2005, Peccei, 2004). Recently, attention has been focused on the HR process,
i.e. the implementation of HR practices (Haggerty and Wright, 2009) and the
attendant consequences for employee perceptions of HR (Bowen and Ostroff,
2004; Sanders, Shipton and Gomes, 2014). HR process might involve clear and
consistent conveyed signals about what the practice is intended to deliver, and
how strategic values align with the underlying beliefs and values of employees
(Bowen and Ostroff, 2004). Since both the HR content and the HR process are
argued to affect individual and organisational performance, it is therefore
reasonable to suggest that, taken together, will create even more powerful
conditions to boost individual and organisational performance (Sanders et al.,
2014).
Chapter 6
150
Several authors highlighted the relevance of analysing the potential mediating
effects of variables of an attitudinal nature (e.g. IB), which connect HPWS to
employee behaviours (Alfes, Shantz, Truss and Soane, 2013; Nishi, Lepak and
Schneider, 2008). For example, work engagement is related to high levels of
performance, profitability and productivity and to low levels of intention to quit,
individual health, well-being and sickness absence (MacLeod and Clarke,
2009). In this vein, work engagement can be seen as a mediator variable, since
engagement will be a necessary employee state to carry out activities that
involve taking risks, proactivity and enthusiasm, that is, to adopt IB and can be
influenced by HPWS.
The goals of this study are threefold. Firstly, we analyse the relationship
between HPWS and IB. Secondly, we test the potential moderating role of HR
process in the relationship between HPWS and IB. And thirdly, we examine if
work engagement mediates the relationship between the interaction of HPWS-
HR Process, on one hand, and IB, on the other hand. With this investigation we
contribute to the literature by building and testing a model that links perceptions
of HPWS with an important behavioural outcome: IB. Likewise, we intend to
shed light on the relevance of considering content and process jointly to achieve
IB. We further propose that work engagement is an important element that
fosters this relationship, as it provides the passion and energy for task
fulfilment, while HR content brings safety for employees taking risks and being
proactive. Finally, another contribution of this study is the context in which it
was conducted. Katou and Budhwar (2009) suggested to spread HR research
into other geographical contexts; hence, according to their suggestion, we have
tested these relationships in firms located in Nigeria and Tanzania. Articles
dealing with African countries are under-represented in international
employment relations journals (Wood and Dibben, 2006). Furthermore, in both
countries, the economy is projected to grow more than 7% in 2014 and 2015
(OECD, UNDP, 2014). Hence, there is a need for analysing how western
HPWS affect attitudes and relevant employees’ behaviours in developing
countries as Nigeria and Tanzania.
High Performance Work Systems and employee innovative behaviour
151
The remaining part of this text is organised as follows: after this introductory
section we present the theoretical foundations of this research and the
theoretical relationships to be explored. Then, we describe the methodological
tools, methods and procedures we have employed to carry out the empirical
analysis. Finally, we comment the most outstanding results of the analysis and
present the main conclusions of the work and its theoretical and practical
implications.
6.2 THEORETICAL REVIEW
6.2.1 High performance work systems as drivers of innovative
behaviours
On the question of IB, regardless of insightful studies (e.g. Zhou, Hong and Liu,
2013), HRM literature has had a surprisingly quiet voice. Encompassing both
idea generation (creativity) and the application of the new ideas within a group
or organisation, innovative performance is often viewed as a multi-stage process
comprising problem identification, engendering novel insights that resolve the
problem, building support for ideas, and working with others to enable their
implementation. Similarly, IB can be conceived as a process, which starts with
problem recognition and generation of ideas or solutions, either novel or
adopted. Then, it proceeds to sponsorship seeking and idea supporting, and
finally the innovative individual turns his idea into a ‘prototype or model of the
innovation’ (Kanter, 1988; Scott and Bruce, 1994). Scholars suggest that IB
might be achieved by ensuring that all members of the organisation are
receptive to, and have the necessary skills and motivation to support change
(Paton and McCalman, 2000). The argument is that change and innovation
frequently fall outside the remit of technical specialists such as R&D
professionals and involve those who have most knowledge of the task and the
technology required to ensure its effective completion. Thus, employees at all
levels should play an important role in either putting forward suggestions for
improvements themselves, or supporting others as they do so.
In this regard, individual skills and motivation are necessary conditions to IB;
but they are not enough to guarantee that innovation-oriented behaviours are
Chapter 6
152
materialised. As in many other areas in organisation studies, the context also
plays an important role in creating and promoting the expression of IBs. In this
vein, HR practitioners are faced with the challenge of developing and
implementing the practices necessary to facilitate the IB process described
above (Laursen and Foss, 2003; Michie and Sheehan, 2003). In fact, recent
insights suggest that HR systems create an environment where employees are
committed to organisational goals, while simultaneously open to external
collaboration (Zhou et al., 2013). This means establishing a framework whereby
employees are clear about their tasks and willing to refine the skills necessary
for operational performance as required (Boxall, 1996; Purcell, 1999). Given
that both internal commitment and external collaboration are necessary for
innovation (Zhou et al., 2013); research on HR needs to target both potentially
conflicting agendas.
As yet, there is no commonly agreed frame of reference about what exactly
constitutes an HR ‘system’ (Wood, 1999). Many scholars, however, agree that a
typical system encompasses training, appraisal/performance management and
sophisticated selection and socialisation as well as practices designed to
promote participation and involvement, such as team-work and reward (Bae and
Lawler, 2000; Dyer and Reeves, 1995; Huselid, 1995; Macduffie, 1995; Purcel,
Hutchinson, Kinnie, Rayton and Swart, 2003). Traditionally, works have been
focused on analysing the effects of HR practices on organisational performance
in terms of profitability or productivity (Huselid and Becker, 1996). In this
respect, Jiang, Lepak, Hu and Baer (2012), following the AMO (ability-
motivation-opportunity) framework, conclude that the three dimensions of HR
systems (acquisition of abilities, motivation, and providing opportunities to
apply them) were related to financial outcomes both directly and indirectly.
Other recent works focus on different measures like innovation performance
(Beugeisdijk, 2008; Lau and Ngo, 2004).
Research on HR emphasises the importance of mediating links or intervening
variables between HPWS and organisational outcomes, such as employee
beliefs, attitudes and behaviours (Boxal and Macky, 2007: 262). Bowen and
Ostroff (2004) and Nishii and Wright (2008) make a point, when they suggest
High Performance Work Systems and employee innovative behaviour
153
that the HR content-performance causal chain, may be more complex than
previously thought. They suggest that employee perceptions of HR practices are
likely to precede attitudes and behaviours, which in turn affect performance.
Despite some specialised literature drawing the attention on the effects of HR
systems on employee behaviours (Kehoe and Wright, 2010), few works have in
fact shown that the effect of HR systems on organisational performance
becomes clearer and stronger when employee behaviours and attitudes are taken
into account (Boxall and Macky, 2009; Nishii et al., 2008; Takeuchi, Chen and
Lepak, 2009).
From a theoretical and psychological perspective, a direct relationship between
employee attitudes and organisational performance seems to have been
established (Tsai, Edwards and Sengupta, 2010). Hence, HPWS should help
shaping employees’ required behaviours and attitudes, by establishing
psychological links between organisational and employees’ goals (Dorenbosch,
Van Engen and Verhagen, 2005); key HPWS practices include participation,
training and development, promotion, job security and pay for performance; and
the expected result is that employees engage in IBs. When organisations focus
on innovation, it is likely to expect that employees respond with behaviours
directed at creativity and innovation, i.e. innovative behaviour (Camelo-Ordaz,
García-Cruz, Sousa-Ginel & Valle-Cabrera, 2011).
Similarly, the results of the study conducted by Bednall, Sanders and Runhaar
(2014) confirm that the quality of some HR practices (e.g. performance
appraisal) affect positively the degree of knowledge sharing and employees’
IBs. Likewise, Hayton (2005) states that HR practices can create an
organisational environment that encourages learning, cooperation, risk
acceptance and knowledge creation, that is, IB.
From a qualitative viewpoint, some works have investigated the relationship
between HR practices and IB (Leede and Looise, 2005), looking at different
levels of influence: the strategic level, the innovation activity level, and the
interaction between them. Recently, Prieto and Pérez-Santana (2014) have
analysed the relationship between High Commitment work Practices and
Chapter 6
154
innovative behaviour, however, they analysed the relationship from a macro
perspective and using a small sample.
Thus, we argue that through employee perceptions of HPWS, employees
abilities, opportunities and motivation are enhanced, which, in turn, enact
employees’ IBs. Furthermore, no previous quantitative works have analysed the
relationship between employee perceptions of HPWS on employees’ innovative
behaviour.
Bearing in mind all these considerations we propose:
Hypothesis 1: Employee perceptions of HR practices (i.e., HR content) are
positively related to employees’ innovative behaviours.
6.2.2 The role of HR Process in the relationship between HPWS and
IB
Recently, HR researchers have focused their attention on the HR process
perspective. Bowen and Ostroff (2004; see also Ostroff and Bowen, 2000) were
amongst the first academics to introduce this perspective, criticising at the same
time the one-sided focus of the traditional content-based approach. Their ideas
are inspired by the co-variation principle of attribution theory (Kelley, 1967;
1973), applied to the HR field. Their motivation was to develop a framework
that would foster a better understanding of how HR as a system ‘can contribute
to organisational performance by motivating employees to adopt desired
attitudes and behaviours that, in the collective, help to achieve the
organisation’s strategic goals’ (p. 204).
Individuals can make confident attributions about cause-and-effect relationships
depending on the degree of distinctiveness, consistency, and consensus of the
situational aspects (Sanders, Dorenbosch and De Reuver, 2008). Distinctiveness
suggests that the HR system is salient, understandable, legitimate and relevant
(people perceive that the HR practices will contribute to achieve organisational
goals) (Gomes, Coelho, Correia and Cunha, 2010); consistency refers to an HR
function which communicates regular and consistent messages over time,
people and contexts; and consensus indicates an agreement among employees in
High Performance Work Systems and employee innovative behaviour
155
their view of the event-effect relationship. Considering the aspects that form the
HR-Process framework, managers should communicate HR practices
appropriately to enhance the likelihood that employees interpret the messages
delivered by HR in a uniform manner (Sanders et al., 2014; Gomes et al., 2010).
In such cases employees will have a better and shared understanding of the
kinds of behaviours that managers expect, support and reward (see also
Schneider, Brief and Guzzo, 1996); such situations are called ‘strong’ by
Bowen and Ostroff, whereas ‘weak’ situations are those in which employees
diverge substantively with regards to the behaviours required by their
organisation.
Whilst content-based approach scholars focus on the intrinsic features
associated to the content of HR to explain performance, promoters of the
process-based approach highlight the importance of the psychological processes
through which employees attach meaning to HR, and the influence of this
meaning in the relationship between HR and performance (Scott and Bruce,
1994; Sanders et al., 2014).
Recent research has partially supported Bowen and Ostroff’s contentions.
Katou, Budhwar and Patel (2014) found that employees’ perception of
distinctiveness, consistency and consensus moderate the relationship between
perceived HR practices and employees reactions. Based on this new empirical
evidence and the above reasons, we argue that HR practices perceived to be
distinctive, consistent and consensual, will be more likely to engender positive
employee outcomes, including IB, than those which are (or are perceived to be)
less clear or in conflict with one another.
Hence, an HR system that considers both HR content and HR process may
represent the optimum scenario to affect employee attitudes, and in turn their
IBs. Indeed, recent findings suggest that content and process are two
inseparable facets of a HR system that reveal a comprehensive picture of the
HR-organisational performance relationship (Sanders et al., 2014; Katou et al.,
2014). This assertion leads us to our second hypothesis:
Chapter 6
156
Hypothesis 2: HR Process will significantly and positively moderate the
relationship between employee perceptions of HPWS and innovative behaviour.
6.2.3 The role of work engagement in the relationship between
HPWS and IB
Previous research shows that HPWS play a critical role in the relationship
between employer and employees (Gould-Williams, 2007). Of the various
phenomena describing relationships between the employer and employees,
work engagement occupies an important position. Engaged employees work
hard, are involved, and feel happily engrossed in their work (Bakker and
Schafeuli, 2008: 190). These authors conceptualised work engagement as being
a positive, fulfilling, affective-motivational state of work-related well-being
which is characterised by vigour, dedication and absorption. There is an
agreement about the consideration of engagement as a state experienced by
individuals in relation to their work that involves investing intellectual energy
into thinking about the task, physical energy and absorption into the task, and
emotional energy and enthusiasm in relation to task fulfilment (Truss, Mankin
and Kelliher, 2012: 225).
Several scholars have analysed work engagement antecedents and
consequences. Following Truss et al. (2012), these antecedents are divided into
several groups: individual level, job related/contextual variables, line-manager
behaviour, and employer-organisational factors. Related to these antecedents,
there are two popular theoretical frameworks. The most common theoretical
framework has been the social exchange theory. This theory argues that
employees show different levels of engagement, depending on their level of
appreciation and trust in the organisation (Rich, Le Pine, Crawford, 2010). On
the other hand, the Ability-Motivation-Opportunity theory, proposes that HPWS
should be designed to develop the abilities required for the execution of
different roles, to motivate employees to apply their abilities in desired ways,
and subsequently, to provide them with opportunities to actually use their
abilities in their job roles (Appelbaum, Bailey, Berg, and Kalleberg, 2000). We
argue that employee perceptions of HPWS foster the motivational aspect, which
High Performance Work Systems and employee innovative behaviour
157
in this case refers to work engagement (Jiang et al., 2012), which finally leads
to IB.
It is also suggested that HR practices shape required employee behaviours and
attitudes by forging psychological links between organisational and employee
goals (Arthur, 1992). Similarly, Evans and Davis (2005) suggest that HPWS
generate a positive influence in the internal social structure of the firm, enabling
networking, reciprocity, and organisational citizenship behaviour, which are
considered positive behaviours for organisational goals’ achievement.
Thus, as a contextual antecedent of work engagement, literature highlighted that
HRM can develop the positive beliefs and attitudes associated with employee
engagement. However, little research exists about the link between HRM topics
and engagement (Shuck and Rocco, 2013), and also about how these practices
can generate the kind of discretionary behaviours that lead to enhanced
performance (Konrad, 2006), and innovation (Hayton, 2005).
As discussed earlier, there is strong support in recent studies that suggest that
work engagement may be a vital factor that provides explanations to various
employee attitudes and behaviours (Christian Garza and Slaughter, 2011; Rich
et al., 2010), since work engagement is able to capture the cognitive, emotional
and behavioural elements of the workforce (Biswas and Bhatnagar, 2013).
We argue that one work engagement consequence is IB, which involves risk
(Janssen, van de Vliert and West, 2004) and proactivity Furthermore, employee
innovative behaviour can also be achieved through employee perceptions of
HPWS, which helps employees feel safe and consequently accept the possibility
of failing (Parzefall, Seeck and Leppänen, 2008). Moreover, work engagement
could be an important internal factor to maintain IBs (Agarwal, Datta, Blake-
Beard and Bhargava, 2012) as this attitude could help to overcome or reduce
employee’s bad feelings of some fruitless idea implementation.
In recent studies, researchers have explored the relationship between work
engagement and IB. Slåtten and Mehmetoglu (2011) found that employee
engagement is closely linked to employees’ IB in frontline jobs in service firms.
Other studies as Agarwal et al. (2012), examined the mediating role of work
Chapter 6
158
engagement in the relationship between leader-member exchange, IB, and
intention to quit, using six service sector organisations in India. The results
showed that work engagement mediates the linkage between leader-member
exchange and IB, and partially mediates intention to quit.
Some empirical research supports the notion that engagement mediates the
relationship between HR practices and positive outcomes for individuals and
organisations (Alfes et al., 2013; Katou et al., 2014). Yalabik, Popaitoon, Chowne
and Rayton (2013) found that work engagement mediates the relationship between
affective commitment and job performance. Similarly, Schaufeli and Bakker
(2003) proposed that work engagement may play a mediating role between job
resources (e.g. participation in decision making), on one hand, and positive work
attitudes and work behaviours (i.e. IB), on the other hand. Based on data from
service organisations in the UK, Alfes et al. (2013) concluded that the perception
of HR practices on employee behaviour (Organisational Citizenship Behaviour
and turnover intention) is mediated by work engagement. As scarce literature has
analysed the impact of employee perceptions of HPWS on WE (Shuck and Rocco,
2013) and its role in promoting discretionary behaviours, such as innovative
behaviour, we propose the following hypotheses:
Hypothesis 3:(a) Employee perceptions of HPWS positively influence IB
through work engagement (mediation); and (b) the strength of the work
engagement -IB association depends on the level of HR Process (moderation),
so that the stronger the perceptions of the Process, the stronger the relationship
between work engagement and IB.
6.3 METHOD
6.3.1 Sample
Data were collected from employees of four organisations located in Nigeria
and Tanzania. Three of these companies are from the financial services sector
(76% of the sample) and the fourth (24% of the sample) is a manufacturing unit
which is part of a large conglomerate. With respect to ownership criteria, two of
the companies were public firms and the others were privately owned. All of
them are considered to big companies (more than 1,000 employees).
High Performance Work Systems and employee innovative behaviour
159
411 respondents formed the final sample, and questionnaires were collected
during 2013. 61.8% of the sample were men; with an average age of 33.7 years
(SD = 8.13). With respect to the level of education and training, 83.1%
(SD=0.4) of the employees had a degree or a higher education diploma
(postgraduate). Regarding the current position in the firms (SD=1.08), the
47.2% of the employees held a professional position, 20% carried out middle
management tasks; 24.1% were technical and administrative employees; 2.4%
of the respondents were manual workers, and, 3.5% of the sample were top
managers.
6.3.2 Measures
All items in the questionnaire used a five-point Likert scale.
HPWS scale is based on Sun, Ayree and Lau (2007). Also, this scale is
grounded on the work of Tsui and Wang (2002). It covered five practices:
training and development (4 items), pay for performance (4 items), career
development (3 items), participation in the decision-making (4 items), and job
security (2 items). Sample items: ‘I had sufficient job-related training’; ‘I am
often asked to participate in decisions’. Internal consistency was 0.84.
Human Resource Management Process is based on a 15-item scale developed
by Gomes et al. (2010). Sample items: ‘HR practices are clear in my
organisation; HR practices are well known by everybody in my organisation’.
The items that compose this scale are linked to the following areas: most salient
HR practices, visibility, understand ability, legitimacy, relevance,
instrumentality, validity, consistent HR messages, agreement among HR
decision makers and fairness. These areas form part of the three HR Process
dimensions: consistency (Cronbach’s Alpha: 0.81), consensus (Cronbach’s
Alpha: 0.82) and distinctiveness (Cronbach’s Alpha: 0.80). Internal consistency
of HR Process was 0.89.
Innovative Behaviour: adapted from Scott and Bruce (1994). Sample item: ‘I
develop adequate plans and schedules for the implementation of new ideas’ (5
Items). Internal consistency was 0.80.
Chapter 6
160
Work engagement: the Utrecht Work Engagement Scale was used: a 9-item
scale proposed by Schaufeli and Bakker (2003). Sample item: ‘When I get up in
the morning I feel like going to work’. Internal consistency was 0.84.
Based on previous studies, we used age, education and gender in the regression
analyses as control variables, as they can have an impact on IB and perception
of HR practices (Alfes et al., 2013, Dysvik, Kuvaas and Buch, 2014; Kinnie,
Hutchinson, Purcell, Rayton and Sward, 2005; Scott and Bruce, 1994; Yuan and
Woodman, 2010). Additionally, we controlled for country and the organisation
to which employees belonged, with dummy variables (coded 1/0). We created
four dummy variables considering as the reference company a Nigerian
company (a financial company: coded 0), and country variable is coded
(Nigeria 1, Tanzania 0).
6.3.3 Common Method Variance Test
The common method bias was controlled with established recommendations
(Podsakoff, MacKenzie, Jeong-Yeon and Podsakoff, 2003). We conducted
Harman’s single-factor test to address the potential bias. The procedure required
that an unrotated factor analysis be performed on all of the variables studied.
Therefore, we included all the items of all the constructs in the model for a
factor analysis to determine whether a single factor claimed a disproportionately
large variance. The results showed that the variance explained by that factor is
less than 30%, and thus we can conclude that common method bias is not
present in our study.
6.4 ANALYSIS AND RESULTS
6.4.1 Descriptives
Table 6.1 shows descriptive statistics (means and standard deviations) and
correlations for each variable. The inter-scale correlations show the expected
direction of association; all correlations are positive and significant at p<0.001.
As mentioned in the measures description, the constructs used in the study were
reliable, with coefficients ranging from 0.80 to 0.89, exceeding the minimum of
0.70 (Nunnally, 1978). Besides, all the correlation coefficients between scales
High Performance Work Systems and employee innovative behaviour
161
are below 0.7 (Tabachnick and Fidell, 1996), which reduces the probability of
multicollinearity in a regression.
With regard to the associations between main and control variables, significant
relationships were found between demographic variables and some of the key
aspects under study. Age is related with IB, WE and HPWS (r=0.11 p<. 05,
r=0.15 p<. 01, r=-0.11 p<. 05). Education is related to WE and HR process (r=-
0.19 p<. 01; r=-0.10 p<. 05). Gender is related to IB and process (r=-0.11 p<. 05;
r=-0.11 p<. 05) (see Table 6.1).
6.4.2 Data Analysis
In order to validate our scales, we conducted a CFA using AMOS Graphics 19
and requesting an analysis based on the covariance matrix. We calculated
different fit indices establishing how the model fitted our data (Hair, Black,
Babin, Anderson and Tatham, 2005). The established model presents a
satisfactory fit which can be inferred from reading the goodness-of-fit indices (X2
/DF=1.88; TLI: 0.94; IFI: 0.95; CFI: 0.95; GFI: 0.91; RMSEA: 0.046). X2/df
values less than 2.5 indicate a good fit (Arbuckle, 2006). For the Tucker-Lewis
index (TLI), incremental fit index (IFI) and comparative fit index (CFI), goodness
of fit index (GFI), and Bentler-Bonett normed fit index (NFI), values greater than
0.9 represent a good model fit (Bentler, 1990), and for the root mean square error
of approximation (RMSEA) values of less than 0.08 indicate a good model fit
(Browne and Cudeck 1993; Hu and Bentler 1998). According to these values, our
results are indicative of a good model fit; and, we can conclude that the model
fitted our data. Furthermore, all standardised factor loadings are significant and
higher that 0.7 (Hair et al., 2005).
From Table 6.2, we can conclude that the scales are reliable, as well as that they
are valid in convergent and discriminant terms. All scales are reliable as composite
reliability (CR) values are above 0.7. Average Variance Extracted (AVE) confirms
convergent validity. AVE values are shown in the diagonal of the table and all
values are above or equal to 0.5.
Chapter 6
162
TABLE 6.1. MEANS, STANDARD DEVIATIONS AND CORRELATIONS
Mean SD 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9. 10. 11. 12. 13.
1. IB 3.71 .69
2. WE 3.78 .76 .35***
3. HPWS 3.68 .67 .28*** .30**
4. PROC 3.62 .72 .27*** .33*** .68***
5. Distinctiveness 3.61 .90 .16** .17*** .53*** .85***
6. Consistency 3.73 .73 .32*** .37*** .55*** .85*** .58***
7. Consensus 3.51 .89 .24*** .31*** .66*** .87*** .57*** .65***
8. Age 33.7 8.13 .11* .15** -.11* .02 .07 .04 -.07
9. Gender 1.33 .46 -.11* -.00 -.06 -.11* -.08* -.12* -.10 -.13**
10. Education 1.82 .40 -.01 -.19*** -.08 -.10* -.07** -.11* -.09 .13** -.02
11. ORG_1 .092 .10* -.3*** -.31*** -.16** -.18*** -.43*** .30*** .08 .04
12. ORG_2 -.05 .05 .12* .24*** .17*** .19*** .25*** 26*** -.11* -.16** -.33
13. ORG_3 -.08 -.15** .14** -.02 -.09 -.07 .11* -.31** -.00 .03 -.34** -.32**
14. COUNTRY .08 .15** -.14** .02 .09 .07 -.11* .31** .01 -.03 .34** .32** -.99**
Note: n=411, *p<0.05 **p<0.01; *** p<.00
High Performance Work Systems and employee innovative behaviour
163
TABLE 6.2. CR, AVE AND SQUARED CORRELATIONS BETWEEN FACTORS
CR 0.80 0.84 0.84 0.90
AVE F.1 F.2 F.3 F.4
1.Innovative Behaviour 0.57
2. Work Engagement 0.12 0.63
3. HPWS 0.08 0.10 0.51
4. Process 0.07 0.11 0.46 0.74
Note: CR (shown in the first row of the matrix); AVE (shown in bold in the diagonal of the
matrix); the rest of the numbers show the squared correlations between factors.
Finally, in order to test Discriminant Validity issues, we followed Fornell and
Larcker’s (1981) procedure. As we can see in table 6.2 AVE values are greater
than the square of the correlations between each pair of factors.
We used multiple regressions for testing H1. To test moderation (H2) and
moderated mediation (H3) we used Hayes SPSS macro (2013). By testing an
interacting effect (H2), also conceptualised as moderating effect, we want to
demonstrate that HPWS have an effect on IBs and its effect and size depends on
the value that employees attribute to HR process (how they perceived the HR
implementation as distinctive, consensual and consistent). The interacting effect is
tested including the product between HPWS and HR process as other predictor
variable in the model. For the interacting effect calculation products were centred
and standardised. To test H3 (moderated mediation effect), as a preliminary
analysis, we tested the simple mediation. Process Macro uses Bootstrapping to test
the strength and significance of the indirect effect. Bootstrapping is a non-
parametric method to assess indirect effects that overcome several problems
related to non-normally distributed samples (Preacher and Hayes, 2004; Preacher,
Rucker and Hayes, 2007). Using this procedure, the standard deviation of the
estimate of the indirect effect obtained over 5,000 bootstrapped resamples is the
estimated standard error of the mean indirect effect (Preacher and Hayes, 2004).
Based on this information, bootstrap confidence intervals were generated for the
indirect effect. After this preliminary mediating analysis, we applied the Macro
(Hayes, 2013) to test moderated mediation effect. According to Hayes (2012),
Chapter 6
164
using Process Macro moderation of an indirect effect can be probed in a manner
analogous to the probing of interactions in moderation analysis. This is tested by
estimating the conditional indirect effect of HPWS on IB through work
engagement at various values of HR Process and conducting an inferential test of
the conditional indirect effect at those values.
6.5 RESULTS
Hypothesis 1 specified that perceived HR practices are positively related to IB
(H1); in hypothesis 2 HR Process moderates the relationship between HR
practices and IB (H2); and Hypothesis 3 proposed a moderated mediation, that is,
analysing (a) if HPWS influence IB through work engagement (mediation); and
(b) the strength of the work engagement-IB association depends on the level of
HR Process (moderation).
Table 6.3 reports the results of multiple regressions analysis used to test H1.
Model 2 analyses the relationship between HPWS and IB. As expected, we found
a positive and significant relationship between HPWS and IBs (β=0.37, p<0.001).
Therefore, the results support the first hypothesis.
High Performance Work Systems and employee innovative behaviour
165
TABLE 6.3 RESULTS OF MULTIPLE REGRESSIONS (H1)
Independent
variables: H1: Innovative Behaviour
Model 1 Model 2
β Coefficient
0.109ᶧ
-0.106*
-0.40
0.001
-0.121ᶧ
-0.218
β Coefficient
0.116*
-0.94*
-0.019
0.086
-0.14*
-0.138
AGE
GENDER
EDUCATION
Org_1
Org_2
Org_3
Country -0.137 -0.034
HPWS .346***
R2 0.36 0.144
R2 ADJUSTED 0.02 0.127
∆R2 0.036 0.108
F change 2.176 50.548
Significance F Change .035* .00***
VIF 1.11
Note: n=411, ᶧp<0.10; *p<0.05 **p<0.01; *** p<.0.00
H2 results show that, contrary to expected, values for the interacting effect are not
significant (see table 6.4). HR Process does not moderate the relationship between
HPWS and IB. Another aspect to consider in the moderation analysis refers to the
confidence interval, which in this case includes zero value (see table 6.4); so we
can conclude that there is no moderating effect and hence there is no support for
H2. Though, we have tested if there is a direct effect between Process and each of
the components of process with IB and there is a positive and significant
relationship between HR Process (considered as second order factor), consistency
and consensus, with IB (β=0.16, p<0.05; β=0.21, p<0.01 and β=0.14, p<0.05,
respectively). However, distinctiveness is not significant (β= -0.01 n/s).
Chapter 6
166
Table 6.4. MODERATION RESULTS
Variables/ Models Dependent variable IB (H2)
B SE B t p
HPWS .25
(.11-.39) .07 3.58 p<0.001
HRM Process .16
(.01-.32) .08 2.05 p<0.05
HPWS * Process .03
(-.14-.20) .09 .32 n/s
Age .01
(-00-.02) .00 1.95 n/s
Gender -.13
(-.27-.01) .07 -1.80 n/s
Education -.02
(-.19-.15) .09 -.21 n/s
Org_1 .18
(-.02-.37) .10 1.80 n/s
Org_2 -.23
(-.41--.05) .10 -2.54 p<0.05
Org_3 -.25
(-7.90-7.40) 3.90 -.06 n/s
Country -.11
(-7.76-7.53) 3.90 -.03 n/s
Note: n=411, *p<0.05 **p<0.01; *** p<.001;
Regards H3 we want to test both the mediation effect of work engagement and
whether the effect of mediation changes for different levels of the moderator
variable (HR Process) (Wiedemann, Schüz, Sniehotta, Scholz and Schwarzer,
2009). Results from bootstrapping yielded (preliminary mediating analysis) a
significant indirect effect of HPWS on IB through work engagement β=0.09
(p<0.00), BCa CI (0.05 to 0.15). Work engagement only partially mediates the
HPWS-IB relationship, as HPWS still had a significant direct effect on IB β=0.26
(p<0.00).
High Performance Work Systems and employee innovative behaviour
167
Figure 6.1 shows H3 (b) results using Model 8 of Process Macro (Hayes, 2013).
IB (DV) was regressed on HPWS (IV β=0.20, p<0.01); HR Process (Mo; β=0.11,
n/s); WE (Me; β=0.22, p<0.00), and the interaction between Process and HPWS
(Mo*IV; using mean centred variables; β=0.02, n/s). A significant interaction
effect (Mo*IV) on IB will only be indicative of moderated mediation if HPWS
(IV) also affect work engagement. In the present case the interacting effect is not
significant, regardless of the significant indirect effect through the mediation.
Furthermore, with respect to results from the moderated mediation model, the
moderated mediation index is not significant (Index=0.01; LCCI-ULCI -0.2 to
0.6). From this analysis, we conclude that there is no moderated mediation. Thus,
H3 is partially supported.
Figure 6.1: Moderated Mediation
6.6 DISCUSSION AND CONCLUSION
Although considerable resources have been devoted to understanding the scientific
and technical aspects of innovation especially from an R&D perspective, there is
limited, although growing, understanding of any role that HR might play. IBs are
precursors for innovation; yet, companies find it difficult to innovate on a
sustained basis (Katila and Ahuja, 2002). As several works highlighted innovation
HPWS
Work Engagement
HRM
Process
Innovative
Behaviour
HRM Process*
HPWS
Org_2 Gender
.24**
.24**
.02 n/s
.20*
.11 n/s
.02 n/s
.22**
-.19* -.14*
Note: n=411, *p<0.05 **p<0.01; *** p<.001
Chapter 6
168
is the process of idea generation and its implementation has become a source of
distinct competitive advantage (Anderson, De Dreu, and Nijstad, 2004; Zhou and
Shalley, 2003).
Following previous studies (Bednall et al., 2014, Hayton, 2004 and 2005; Leede
and Looise, 2005), we proposed that employee perceptions of HPWS are linked to
employees’ IB. We further have included the Process framework (Bowen and
Ostroff, 2004), as a relevant aspect to consider jointly with the perception of HR
practices to foster IB (Sanders et al., 2014). Additionally, we wanted to test if
these arguments were also confirmed in companies located in African countries as
Tanzania and Nigeria where human development is on the rise (OECD, 2014).
Our results confirm a positive and significant relationship between employee
perceptions of HPWS and IB in companies located in Nigeria and Tanzania. These
results reinforce the idea that was proposed in the theoretical framework, that is,
employee perceptions of HPWS are positively related to IB and this link also
applies in developing economies. As previous studies highlighted, HPWS play a
key role in the success of innovative activities (Brockbank, 1999; Looise and Van
Riemsdijk 2004; Hayton, 2004). However, previous studies focused on analysing
this relationship at the level of the organisation (e.g. Laursen and Foss, 2003;
Prieto and Pérez-Santana, 2014), or, alternatively, analysed the effect of single
practices on employees’ IB (Bednall et al., 2014). Despite the fact that the
relationship has been proposed from a theoretical point of view (Hayton, 2004 and
2005), Van de Voorde and Beijer (2015) recently claimed that more research is
needed regarding the effects of HPWS on employees’ work-related outcomes.
Through this study, we contribute to HRM and innovation literature by showing
that employee perceptions of HPWS play an important role in enabling innovative
behaviour.
Authors as Ehrnrooth and Björkman (2012) found evidence of significant direct
relationship between process and creativity and core job performance. We also
confirmed a direct relationship between Process, consistency and consensus and
IB. Bowen and Ostroff (2004) pointed out that consistency and consensus are
distinct but interrelated concepts, so when individuals experience consistency in
High Performance Work Systems and employee innovative behaviour
169
HR practices consensus is more likely to be fostered (p.212). These arguments
could explain why there is no evidence about the direct relationship of
distinctiveness, probably because the concept of distinctiveness (that means
perceived legitimacy of HPWS and relevance for organisational goals) leaves
individuals with few options about how to perform a task, thereby constraining
rather than enhancing IB.
However, results show that Process and none of the three aspects that compose
HR Process (distinctiveness, consistency and consensus) moderate the relationship
between HPWS and IB. These results are partially similar to other studies
(Sanders et al., 2008; Li, Frenkel and Sanders, 2011) where not all the components
of Process showed the expected moderating effect. Specifically, in our case,
probably the cultural questions related to external circumstances on the countries
analysed may influence the way HPWS are perceived by employees.
Furthermore, with the moderated mediation, we tested if work engagement played
a mediating role between HPWS and IB. We found evidence of partial mediation.
These results suggest that work engagement is an essential aspect for IBs to take
place. Results of our study are in line with previous research, i.e., work
engagement mediates the relationship between HPWS and positive outcomes for
individuals and organisations (Alfes et al., 2013; Katou et al., 2014); in the current
case IBs stood for such positive employee outcomes. For this reason, the results
support the idea that employees should be engaged for adopting IBs that involve
risk taking (Ellinger, 2005), thus, work engagement is necessary for explaining the
effect of HPWS on IB.
For organisations that compete in turbulent and uncertain environments as the
companies that form our sample, IB, defined as the developing, carrying, reacting
to, and modifications of ideas (Van de Ven, 1986) becomes a critical engine for
growth, prosperity and viability. We focus on IB as a process in which employees
develop novel and useful solutions to challenges and problems encountered in goal
pursuit. The study contributes to innovation literature by suggesting avenues that
go beyond variables such as HPWS (Kang, Morris and Snell, 2007; Kehoe and
Wright, 2010), individual behaviours and attitudes (Hayton, 2004; Alfes et al.,
Chapter 6
170
2013; Sanders et al., 2014), which are frequently referred to in innovation
research. In sum, data from 411 employees from four companies located in
Tanzania and Nigeria supported some of our hypotheses. The results also provide
some theoretical and practical implications that we develop in the following
paragraphs.
Our work has shown the relevance of some concepts that are emerging in the
literature on HR, as work engagement and the influence of this concept on some
work outcomes as IB. As previous studies expected (Alfes et al., 2013; Agarwal,
2012), employees’ attitudes as work engagement play an essential role for
encouraging employees’ positive behaviour; and IB is considered to be a desired
requirement in today’s firms.
Additionally, we further contribute to the literature by testing these arguments in
companies located in two African countries, where human development is on the
rise (OECD, 2014). In fact, our results confirm a positive and significant
relationship between employee perceptions of HPWS and IBs in companies in
Nigeria and Tanzania. Such findings reinforce the idea proposed in the theoretical
framework that employee perceptions of HPWS are positively related to IBs
(Brockbank, 1999; Looise and Van Riemsdijk, 2004; Hayton, 2004), but this idea
has been mainly explored in the western world and this research now shows that it
holds similar empirical proof in developing African economies.
For practitioners, our study has implications not only for the HRM field, but also
for that of innovation. Innovation is a central tenet in modern organisations, which
are challenged to continuously launch new products and services to keep the pace
in a global highly competitive world. But innovation does not come easily.
Organisations develop several practices and techniques to boost their innovation
capabilities and outcomes, such as implementing R&D departments and
establishing partnerships with external entities involved in innovation. However,
as our research has shown, there is much to gain if companies also look inwards,
into their employees’ innovative potential and behaviours. In order to stimulate
such behaviours, the HRM function through its HPWS can play an important role.
Employees will tend to display more innovative behaviours if they perceive that
High Performance Work Systems and employee innovative behaviour
171
their companies’ HPWS support such strategies. Managers in HR departments
should be aware of their role in supporting innovation-oriented strategies, and
should, therefore, develop and implement practices that will influence employee
perceptions towards exhibiting proactive innovative behaviours. Practices such as
training, participation, career and promotion, pay for performance, and job
security are some of the examples that can be used to directly manage employees’
views and behaviours.
Moreover, the study also suggests that HPWS need to be designed and
implemented in a way that stimulates engagement at work level. Engaged
employees are more prone to respond to their work, but also to their companies’
wishes and needs. Taken together, these results show that HPWS can have both a
direct and an indirect effect (through work engagement) on employees’ innovative
behaviour.
A final practical implication concerns the national context in which the research
took place. Despite the fact that most existing knowledge in human and social
sciences has been produced in the Anglo-Saxon world, the current findings clearly
show that such knowledge can be extended to other national contexts which have
been much less studied. Such contexts still hold many risks and issues for business
and management, but at the same time, they bring opportunities and new ways for
generating income for more adventurous organisations. The fact that the
relationships under observation all support the Western literature is a guarantee for
prospective investors and managers that individual and organisational results
follow known and predicted patterns.
In conclusion, our research suggests that HR content and perceptions of
implementation affects employees’ IBs. This dual-channelled influence indicates
that IB could be achieved through specific HPWS, and if these implemented
practices are perceived by employees as consistent, and there is a consensus about
the way HPWS is applied, IB will be achieved. Furthermore, our study shows that
work engagement is a relevant condition for this relationship as it partially
mediates the relationship between HPWS and IB.
Chapter 6
172
Our study is not free of limitations. Firstly, this study has a cross sectional design
and used self-reports. However, following Arthur and Boyles’ (2007)
recommendations, the use of single-informant designs is correct for measuring HR
practices, as HPWS are conceptualised as the shared or configurational properties
of individual experiences and perceptions (p.85). For future studies, it is necessary
to include other organisational variables (e.g. innovation performance or culture).
Moreover, additional efforts should be done at the individual level, including
relevant aspects related to knowledge management, such as the role of knowledge
sharing or employee exploratory learning in relation to employees’ outcomes,
especially with innovative behaviour. As Minbaeva (2013) recently suggested,
explicating the micro-foundations of the relationship between HRM and
knowledge-related performance is a necessary condition for dealing with the
puzzle of aggregating from individual actions into collective-level outcomes.
Finally, research using longitudinal data is needed to confirm the causality
assumed in this research.
High Performance Work Systems and employee innovative behaviour
173
6.7 REFERENCES
Agarwal, U.A., Datta, S., Blake-Beard, S. and Bhargava, B. (2012). Linking
LMX, innovative work behaviour and turnover intentions: The mediating role of
work engagement. Career Development International, 17:3, 208-230.
Alfes, K., Shantz, A.D., Truss, C. and Soane, E.C. (2013). The link between
perceived human resource management practices, engagement and employee
behaviour: A moderated mediation model. International Journal of Human
Resource Management, 24:2, 330-351.
Amabile, T.M. (1988). A model of creativity and innovation in organizations. In
B.M. Shaw & L.L. Cummings (Eds.), Research in Organizational Behavior, 10,
123-167.
Anderson, N.R., De Dreu, C. and Nijstad, B.A. (2004). The routinization of
innovation research: A constructively critical review of the state-of-the-science.
Journal of Organizational Behavior, 25:2, 147-203.
Appelbaum, E., Bailey, T., Berg, P. and Kalleberg, A. (2000). Manufacturing
Advantage: Why High-Performance Work Systems Pay Off, Ithaca: ILR Press.
Arbuckle, J.L. (2006). AMOS (Version 20.0) [Computer Program], Chicago, IL:
SPSS.
Arthur, J.B. (1992). The link between business strategy and industrial relations
systems in American steel minim ills. Industrial and Labor Relations Review,
45:3, 488-506.
Arthur, J.B., and Boyles, T. (2007). Validating the human resource system
structure: A levels-based strategic HRM approach. Human Resource Management
Review, 17:1, 77-92.
Bae, J. and Lawler, J. (2000). Organizational and HRM strategies in Korea:
Impact on firm performance in an emerging economy. Academy of Management
Journal, 43:3, 502-517.
Chapter 6
174
Bakker, A.B. and Schaufeli, W.B. (2008). Positive organizational behavior:
Engaged employees in flourishing organizations. Journal of Organizational
Behavior, 29:2, 147-154.
Bednall T.C., Sanders K. and Runhaar P. (2014). Stimulating informal learning
activities through perceptions of performance appraisal quality and human
resource management system strength: A two-wave study. Academy of
Management Learning and Education, 13:1, 45-61.
Bentler, P.M. (1990). Comparative fit indexes in structural models. Psychological
Bulletin, 107, 238-246.
Beugeisdijk, S. (2008). Strategic human resource practices and product
innovation. Organization Studies, 29:6, 821-847.
Biswas, S. and Bhatnagar, J. (2013). Mediator analysis of employee engagement:
Role of perceived organizational support, PO fit, organizational commitment and
job satisfaction. Vikalpa, 38:1, 27-40.
Bowen, D.E. and Ostroff, C. (2004). Understanding HRM-firm performance
linkages: The role of the “Strength” of the HRM system. Academy of Management
Review, 29:2, 203-221.
Boxall, P. (1996). The strategic HRM debate and the resource-based view of the
firm. Human Resource Management Journal, 6:3, 59-75.
Boxall, P. and Macky, K. (2007). High‐performance work systems and
organisational performance: Bridging theory and practice. Asia Pacific Journal of
Human Resources, 45:3, 261-270.
Boxall, P. and Macky, K. (2009), Research and theory on high-performance work
systems: Progressing the high-involvement stream. Human Resource Management
Journal, 19:1, 3-23.
Brockbank, W. (1999). If HR were really strategically proactive: Present and
future directions in HR’s contribution to competitive advantage. Human Resource
Management, 38:4, 337–352.
High Performance Work Systems and employee innovative behaviour
175
Browne, M.W. and Cudeck, R. (1993). Alternative Ways of Assessing Model Fit.
In K.A. Bollen & J.S. Long (Eds.), Testing Structural Equation Models, Newbury
Park, CA: Sage (pp. 136-162).
Camelo-Ordaz C., Garcia-Cruz J., Sousa-Ginel E. and Valle-Cabrera R. (2011).
The influence of human resource management on knowledge sharing and
innovation in Spain: The mediating role of affective commitment. International
Journal of Human Resource Management, 22:7, 1442-1463.
Christian, M.S., Garza, A.S. and Slaughter, J.E. (2011). Work Engagement: A
quantitative review and test of its relation with task and contextual performance.
Personnel Psychology, 64:1, 89-136.
Dorenbosch, L. W., van Engen, M. L. and Verhagen, M. (2005). On-the-job
innovation: The impact of job design and human resource management through
production ownership. Creativity and Innovation Management, 14:2, 129-141.
Dyer, L. and Reeves, T. (1995). HR strategies and firm performance: What do we
know and where do we need to go. International Journal of Human Resource
Management, 6:3, 656-670.
Dysvik, A., Kuvaas, B., and Buch, R. (2014). Perceived training intensity and
work effort: The moderating role of perceived supervisor support. European
Journal of Work and Organizational Psychology, 23:5, 729-738.
Ehrnrooth, M. and Björkman, I. (2012). An integrative HRM process theorization:
Beyond signalling effects and mutual gains. Journal of Management Studies 49:6,
1109-1135.
Ellinger, A.D. (2005). Contextual factors influencing informal learning in a
workplace setting: The case of ‘reinventing itself company. Human Resource
Development Quarterly, 16:3, 389-415.
Evans, W.R. and Davis, W.D. (2005). High-performance work systems and
organizational performance: The mediating role of internal social structure.
Journal of Management, 31:5, 758-775.
Chapter 6
176
Fornell C. and Larcker D. F. (1981). Evaluating structural equations models with
unobservable variables and measurement error. Journal of Marketing Research,
18, 39-50.
Gomes, J., Coelho, J., Correia, A. and Cunha, R. (2010). Development and
validation of an instrument measuring the strength of the human resource
management system. Spatial and Organizational Dynamics Discussion Papers
2010-10, CIEO-Research Centre for Spatial and Organizational Dynamics,
University of Algarve.
Gould-Williams, J. (2007). HR practices, organizational climate and employee
outcomes: Evaluating social exchange relationships in local government.
International Journal of Human Resource Management, 18:9, 1627-1647.
Haggerty, J. and Wright, P. (2009). Strong situations and firm performance: A
proposed re- conceptualization of the role of the HR function (pp 100-114). In A.
Wilkinson, N. Bacon, T. Redman and S. Snell (Eds), The Sage Handbook of
Human Resource Management, London: Sage.
Hair, J.F., Black, W.C., Babin, B.J., Anderson, R.E. and Tatham, R.L. (2005).
Multivariate Data Analysis, Upper Saddle River, NJ: Pearson Prentice Hall.
Hayes, A.F. (2012). Process: A versatile computational tool for observed variable
mediation, moderation, and conditional process modeling [White paper].
Retrieved from http://www.afhayes.com/public/process2012.pdf
Hayes, A.F. (2013). Introduction to mediation, moderation, and conditional
process analysis. New York: The Guilford Press.
Hayton, J. (2004). Strategic human capital management in SMEs: An empirical
study of entrepreneurial performance HRM. Human Resource Management, 42:4,
375-391.
Hayton, J. C. (2005). Promoting corporate entrepreneurship through HRM
practices: A review of empirical research. Human Resource Management Review,
15:1, 21-41.
High Performance Work Systems and employee innovative behaviour
177
Hu, L. and Bentler, P.M. (1998). Fit indices in covariance structure modeling:
Sensitivity to underparameterized model misspecification. Psychological Methods,
3, 424-453.
Huselid, M.A. (1995). The impact of human resource management practices on
turnover, productivity, and corporate financial performance. Academy of
Management Journal, 38:3, 635-672.
Huselid, M.A. and Becker, B.E. (1996). Methodological issues in cross-sectional
and panel estimates of the Human Resource-firm performance link. Industrial
Relations, 35:3, 400-422.
Janssen, O. (2005). The joint impact of perceived influence and supervisor
supportiveness on employee innovative behaviour. Journal of Occupational and
Organizational Psychology, 78:4, 573-580.
Janssen, O., van de Vliert, E. and West, M. (2004). The bright and dark sides of
individual and group innovation: A special Issue introduction. Journal of
Organizational Behavior, 25:2, 129-145.
Jiang, J., Wang, S. and Zhao, S. (2012). Does HRM facilitate employee creativity
and organizational innovation? A study of Chinese firms. International Journal of
Human Resource Management, 23:19, 4025-4047.
Jiang, K., Lepak D.P., Hu J. and Baer J.C. (2012). How does human resource
management influence organizational outcomes? A meta-analytic investigation of
mediating mechanisms. Academy of Management Journal, 55:6, 1264-1294.
Kang, S.-C., Morris, S.S. and Snell, S.A. (2007). Relational archetypes,
organizational learning, and value creation: Extending the human resource
architecture. Academy of Management Review, 32:1, 236-256.
Kanter, R. (1988). When a thousand flowers bloom: Structural, collective, and
social conditions for innovation in organizations. In B.M. Staw and L.L.
Cummings (Eds.), Research in Organizational Behavior, vol 10, 169-211.
Greenwich, CT: JAI Press.
Chapter 6
178
Katila, R. and Ahuja, G. (2002). Something old, something new: A longitudinal
study of search behavior and new product introduction. Academy of Management
Journal, 45:6, 1183-1194.
Katou, A. and Budhwar, P. (2009). Causal relationship between HRM policies and
organisational performance: Evidence from the Greek manufacturing sector.
European Management Journal, 28:1, 25-39.
Katou, A., Budhwar, P. and Patel, C. (2014) Content vs. Process in the HRM-
Performance relationship: An empirical examination. Human Resource
Management, 53:4, 527-544.
Kehoe, R.R. and Wright, P.M. (2010). The impact of high-performance human
resource practices on employees’ attitudes and behaviours. Journal of
Management, 39:2, 366-391.
Kelley, H.H. (1967). Attribution theory in social psychology. In D. Levine (Ed.),
Nebraska symposium on motivation: 192-240. Lincoln: University of Nebraska
Press.
Kelley, H.H. (1973). The processes of causal attribution. American Psychologist,
28:2, 107-128.
Kinnie, N., Hutchinson, S., Purcell, J., Rayton, B. and Swart, J. (2005),
Satisfaction with HR Practices and commitment to the organisation: Why one size
does not fit all. Human Resource Management Journal, 15:4, 9-29.
Konrad, A.M. (2006). Engaging employees through high-involvement work
practices. Ivey Business Journal, 70:4, 1-6.
Lau,C.‐M. and Ngo,H.‐Y. (2004). The HR system, organizational culture, and
product innovation. International Business Review, 13:6, 685-703.
Laursen, K. and Foss, N. J. (2003). New human resource management practices,
complementarities and the impact on innovation performance. Cambridge Journal
of Economics, 27:2, 243-263.
Leede, J. and Looise J.K. (2005). Innovation and HRM: Towards and integrated
framework. Creativity and Innovation Management, 14:2, 108-117.
High Performance Work Systems and employee innovative behaviour
179
Li, X., Frenkel, S.J. and Sanders, K. (2011). Strategic HRM as process: How HR
system and organizational climate strength influence Chinese employee attitudes.
International Journal of Human Resource Management, 22:9, 1825-1842.
Looise, J.K. and van Riemsdijk, M. (2004). Innovating organisations and HRM: A
conceptual framework. Management Revue, 15:3, 277-287.
Macduffie, J.P. (1995). Human resource bundles and manufacturing performance:
Organizational logic and flexible production systems in the world auto industry.
Industrial and Labor Relations Review, 48:2, 197-221.
MacLeod, D. and Clarke, N. (2009). The MacLeod Review – Engaging for
Success: Enhancing Performance though Employee Engagement. Department for
Business Innovation and Skills, London, Crown Copyright.
Michie, J. and Sheehan, M. (2003). Labour market deregulation, flexibility and
innovation. Cambridge Journal of Economics, 27:1, 123-143.
Minbaeva, D.B. (2013). Strategic HRM in building micro-foundations of
organizational knowledge-based performance. Human Resource Management
Review, 23:4, 378-390.
Mumford, M.D., Scott, G.M., Gaddis, B. and Strange, J.M. (2002). Leading
creative people: Orchestrating expertise and relationships. The Leadership
Quarterly, 13:6, 705-750.
Nishii, L.H. and Wright, P. (2008). Variability at multiple levels of analysis:
Implications for strategic human resource management. In D.B. Smith (Ed.), The
people make the place. Mahwah, NJ: Lawrence Erlbaum Associates.
Nishii, L.H., Lepak, D.P. and Schneider, B. (2008). Employee attributions of the
“why” of HR practices: Their effects on employee attitudes and behaviors, and
customer satisfaction. Personnel Psychology, 61:3, 503-545.
Nunally, J.C. (1978). Psychometric theory (2nd Ed.). New York: McGraw-Hill.
Nystrom, H. (1990). Organizational innovation. In M.A. West and J.L. Farr
(Eds.), Innovation and creativity at work (pp. 143-161). New York: John Wiley
and Sons Ltd.
Chapter 6
180
OECD, UNDP (2014). African economic outlook. Retrieved from
htpp://www.africaneconomicoutlook.org;
http://www.africaneconomicoutlook.org/countries/;
http://www.africaneconomicoutlook.org/en/outlook/human_development/;
Ostroff, C. and Bowen, D.E. (2000). Moving HR to a higher level: Human
resource practices and organizational effectiveness. In K.J. Klein & S.W.J.
Kozlowski (Eds.), Multilevel theory, research, and methods in organizations (pp.
211-266). San Francisco: Jossey-Bass.
Parzefall, M-R., Seeck, H. and Leppänen, A. (2008). Employee innovativeness: A
review on the antecedents. Liiketaloudellinen Aikakauskirja. Finnish Journal of
Business Economics, 2:8, 165-182.
Paton, R.A. and McCalman. J. (2000). Change management: A guide to effective
implementation (2nd Ed.). London: Sage.
Peccei, R. (2004) Human Resource Management and the Search for the Happy
Workplace, Inaugural Address to the Rotating Chair for Research in Organisation
and Management in the Faculty of Economics, Erasmus University.
Podsakoff, P.M., MacKenzie, S.B., Jeong-Yeon, L. and Podsakoff, N.P. (2003).
Common method biases in behavioral research: A critical review of the literature
and recommended remedies. Journal of Applied Psychology, 88:5, 879-903.
Preacher, K.J. and Hayes, A.F. (2004). SPSS and SAS procedures for estimating
indirect effects in simple mediation models. Behavior Research Methods,
Instruments, & Computers, 36:4, 717-731.
Preacher, K.J., Rucker, D.D. and Hayes, A.F. (2007). Addressing moderated
mediation hypotheses: Theory, methods, and prescriptions. Multivariate
Behavioral Research, 42:1, 185-227.
Prieto, I., and Pilar Perez-Santana, M. (2014). Managing innovative work
behavior: the role of human resource practices. Personnel Review, 43:2, 184-208.
Purcell, J. (1999), Best practice and best fit: Chimera or cul-de-sac? Human
Resource Management Journal, 9:3, 26-41.
High Performance Work Systems and employee innovative behaviour
181
Purcell, J., Hutchinson, S., Kinnie, N., Rayton, B. and Swart, J. (2003).
Understanding the people and performance link: unlocking the black box.
London: CIPD.
Rich, B.L., Lepine, J.A. and Crawford, E.R. (2010). Job engagement: Antecedents
and effects on job performance. Academy of Management Journal, 53:3, 617-635.
Sanders, K, Dorenbosch, L. and De Reuver, R. (2008). The impact of individual
and shared employee perceptions of HRM on affective commitment. Personnel
Review, 37:4, 412-425.
Sanders, K., Shipton, H. and Gomes, J.F.S. (2014), Guest Editors’ introduction: Is
the HRM process important? Past, current, and future challenges. Human
Resource Management, 53:4, 489-503.
Schaufeli, W. and Bakker, A. (2003). UWES Utrecht Work Engagement Scale.
Preliminary Manual [Version 1, November 2003]. Utrecht University:
Occupational Health Psychology Unit.
Schneider, B., Brief, A.P. and Guzzo, R.A. (1996). Creating a climate and culture
for sustainable organizational change. Organizational Dynamics, 24:4, 7-19.
Scott, S.G. and Bruce, R.A. (1994). Determinants of innovative behavior: A path
model of individual innovation in the workplace. Academy of Management
Journal, 37:3, 580-607.
Shalley, C.E. (1995). Effects of coaction, expected evaluation, and goal setting on
creativity and productivity. Academy of Management Journal, 38:2, 483-503.
Shalley, C.E., Zhou, J. and Oldham G.R. (2004). Effects of personal and
contextual characteristics on creativity: Where should we go from here? Journal of
Management, 30:6, 933-958.
Shuck, B., and Rocco, T. (2013). HRD and employee engagement. Employee
Engagement in Theory and Practice.
Slåtten, T. and Mehmetoglu, M. (2011). Antecedents and effects of engaged
frontline employees: A study from the hospitality industry. Managing Service
Quality, 21:1, 88-107.
Chapter 6
182
Sun, L.-Y., Aryee, S. and Law, K. S. (2007). High-performance human resource
practices, citizenship behavior, and organizational performance: A relational
perspective. Academy of Management Journal, 50:3, 558-577.
Sun, L.-Y., Zhang, Z., Qi, J. and Chen, Z.X. (2012). Empowerment and creativity:
A cross-level investigation. Leadership Quarterly, 23:1, 55-65.
Tabachnick, B.G. and Fidell, L.S. (1996). Using Multivariate Statistics, New
York: HarperCollins.
Takeuchi, R., Chen, G. and Lepak, D.P. (2009). Through the looking glass of a
social system: Cross level effects of high-performance work systems on
employees’ attitudes. Personnel Psychology, 62:1, 1-29.
Truss, C., Mankin, D. and Kelliher, C. (2012) Strategic Human Resource
Management. Oxford University Press.
Tsai, C-J., Edwards, P. and Sengupta, S. (2010). The associations between
organizational performance, employee attitudes, and human resource management
practices: An empirical study of small businesses. Journal of General
Management, 36:1, 1-20.
Tsui, A. and Wang, D. (2002). Employment relationships from the employer’s
perspective: Current research and future directions. International Review of
Industrial and Organizational Psychology, 17, 77-114.
Van de Ven, A. (1986). Central problems in the management of innovation.
Management Science, 32:5, 590-607.
Van De Voorde, K., and Beijer, S. (2015). The role of employee HR attributions
in the relationship between high‐performance work systems and employee
outcomes. Human Resource Management Journal, 25:1, 62-78.
West, M.A., Hirst, G., Richter, A. and Shipton, H. (2004). Twelve steps to heaven:
Successfully managing change through developing innovative teams. European
Journal of Work and Organizational Psychology, 13:2, 269-299.
High Performance Work Systems and employee innovative behaviour
183
Wiedemann, A.U., Schüz, B., Sniehotta, F., Scholz, U. and Schwarzer, R. (2009).
Disentangling the relation between intentions, planning, and behaviour: A
moderated mediation analysis. Psychology and Health, 24:1, 67-79.
Wood, G. and Dibben, P. (2006). Coverage of Africa-related studies in
international journals: Greater exposure for public intellectuals in sociology and
industrial relations. African Sociological Review, 10:1, 180-192.
Wood, S. (1999). Human resource management and performance. International
Journal of Management Reviews, 1:4, 367-413.
Wright, P.M., Gardner, T., Moyniham, L.M. and Allen, M. (2005) The HR
performance relationship: Examining causal direction. Personnel Psychology,
58:2, 409-446.
Yalabik Z.Y., Popaitoon, P., Chowne J.A. and Rayton B.A. (2013). Work
engagement as a mediator between employee attitudes and outcomes. The
International Journal of Human Resource Management, 24:14, 2799-2823.
Yuan, F. and Woodman, R. W. (2010). Innovative behavior in the workplace: The
role of performance and image outcome expectations. Academy of Management
Journal, 53:2, 323-342.
Zhou, J. and Shalley, C. E. (2003). Research on employee creativity: A critical
review and directions for future research. In J. Martocchio (Ed.), Research in
personnel and human resource management (pp. 165-217). Oxford, England:
Elsevier.
Zhou, Y., Hong, Y. and Liu, J. (2013). Internal commitment or external
collaboration? The impact of human resource management systems on firm
innovation and performance. Human Resource Management, 52:2, 263-288.
Chapter 6
184
High Performance Work Systems and employee innovative behaviour
185
Chapter 7:
GENERAL THESIS CONCLUSIONS
Chapter 7
186
High Performance Work Systems and employee innovative behaviour
187
7.1 INTRODUCTION
Through this dissertation we intend to shed additional light to the HRM literature
by analysing the mechanisms through which HPWS influence performance, as this
phenomenon has been mainly analysed adopting a macro perspective. However,
recent insights suggest that macro phenomena should be explained adopting a
micro perspective approach (Felin and Foss, 2005; Minbaeva, 2013; Arthur and
Boyles, 2007). For this reason, we focused on the analysis of individuals to
understand how the relationship between HPWS and performance takes place.
Specially, we focused on innovative behaviour as a kind of performance measure.
Besides, we have focused on the analysis of individual attitudes and behaviours as:
work engagement, knowledge sharing, HRM process and exploratory learning as
individual mechanisms that have an impact on this relationship.
7.1.1 Conclusions on Chapter 4: HPWS & Knowledge Sharing as
driving forces for IB: a micro perspective
In this study we try to clarify whether employee perceptions of HPWS and
knowledge sharing lead to positive individual IB. Thus, the overarching aim of
this work is related to the analysis of to which extent the employee perceptions
about the establishment of certain HPWS will foster individual knowledge sharing
behaviour. Secondly, we test whether individual knowledge sharing behaviour is
positively linked to IB. Finally, we analyse the indirect effect of employee
perceptions of HPWS on IB through individual knowledge sharing behaviour. So,
one of the contributions of this study is the consideration and analysis of
individual knowledge sharing as a mediating variable between employee
perceptions of HPWS and IB, from a micro perspective.
Accordingly, our results showed a positive and significant relationship between
employee perceptions of HPWS and individual knowledge sharing behaviour.
Another result from our study is that knowledge sharing is positively linked to
employees’ IB. Finally, the most outstanding result of this study is the partial
mediation of knowledge sharing in the relationship between employee perceptions
of HPWS and IB. The mediating role of individual knowledge sharing behaviour
is an interesting contribution as employee perception of HPWS is related to IB,
Chapter 7
188
indirectly through individual knowledge sharing behaviour. That is, HPWS
encourage IB if knowledge is actively shared between employees into the
organisation; in this situation IB takes place more easily.
7.1.2 Conclusions on Chapter 5: Employee perceptions of HPWS and
Innovative Behaviour. The role of Exploratory Learning
In this second study we argue that the level of individual exploratory learning
depends on employee perceptions of HPWS. Besides, as we reasoned in earlier
chapters of this Dissertation, IB is considered dependent on employees’
exploratory knowledge. Thus, we consider now the individual analysis of this kind
of knowledge, how it is fostered by HPWS and its impact on IB and how this
process is highly relevant for companies’ effectiveness. We base our study on the
analysis of employee perceptions of HPWS and their effect on exploratory
learning and IB.
Consequently, the aim of this second study is to answer the question whether
employee perceptions of HPWS are related to exploratory learning and IB.
Besides, we test whether exploratory learning plays a mediating role in the
relationship between employee perceptions of HPWS and IB. To this respect, our
results show a positive and significant relationship between employee perceptions
of HPWS on IB and on employee exploratory learning. That is, perceptions of
employees about how HR practices are developed and applied are the key variable
that influences innovative behaviour and exploratory learning. So, the firm has to
put their efforts on analysing employees’ sensitivities and satisfaction on HR
practices. Additionally, firms should adopt an open and clear communication
strategy, as this will be the best way to make people understand the main goals of
their HR policies, and only then will have an influence on employees’ behaviour.
Lastly, we demonstrated that the existence of exploratory learning is a necessary
condition for IB to take place, and employee perceptions of HPWS clearly
stimulate the existence of exploratory learning at the individual level, which in
turn generates a positively oriented behaviour. Consequently, firms should not
only encourage communication processes on HR practices, but should also create
the adequate environment to foster exploratory learning, with adequate
High Performance Work Systems and employee innovative behaviour
189
performance appraisal methods and reward systems that facilitate risk adoption ant
the information flows among individuals in the organisation.
7.1.3 Conclusions on Chapter 6: HPWS, Work Engagement and
Innovative Behaviour: Insights from Tanzania And Nigeria
In the third study presented in this Dissertation we propose again that employee
perceptions of HPWS are linked with employees’ IB. In this case we also include
the Process framework and work engagement, as relevant aspects to consider in
the relationship between employee perceptions of HPWS and IB. Additionally, we
test if these arguments were also confirmed in companies located in African
countries as Tanzania and Nigeria where human development is on the rise
(OECD, 2014).
First, we analyse the relationship between HPWS and IB in this new context.
Then, we test the potential moderating role of HR process in the relationship
between employee perceptions of HPWS and IB. And finally, we examine if work
engagement mediates the relationship between the interaction of HPWS-HR
Process, on one hand, and IB, on the other hand. Hence, our results confirm a
positive and significant relationship between HPWS and IB in companies located
in Nigeria and Tanzania. This fact confirms our results in the different studies
presented, also in this new geographical context, showing that the way HR
practices are applied and the influence of HR practices on IB are similar to the
results obtained in a European context. However, results show that Process and
none of the three aspects that compose HR Process (distinctiveness, consistency
and consensus) moderate the relationship between HPWS and IB. But we found a
direct relationship between Process, consistency and consensus and IB. That
means, if employees perceive that HR practices are consistent with the values and
way of doing of top management, they will have an influence on employee’s
behaviour.
Furthermore, with the moderated mediation we test if work engagement played a
mediating role between HPWS and IB. We found evidence of partial mediation.
These results suggest that work engagement is an essential aspect for IBs to take
place, but HRM Process does not moderate this mediation.
Chapter 7
190
7.2 GENERAL DISCUSSION AND CONTRIBUTIONS
HR practices have been found to play a role in the success of innovative activities
(Beugelsdijk, 2008; Brockbank, 1999; Lau and Ngo, 2004; Laursen and Foss,
2003; Looise and Van Riemsdijk 2004). However, this assumption has always
been tested from a macro perspective. To this respect, recent research highlights
the relevance of explaining organisational macro phenomena adopting a micro
perspective (Felin and Foss, 2005; Minbaeva, 2013; Arthur and Boyles, 2007).
Our studies follow this recent micro perspective and results confirm a positive and
significant relationship between employee perceptions of HPWS and IB in both
samples. These results are in line with the specialist literature (Bednall, Sanders
and Runhaar. 2014; Hayton, 2005; Prieto-Pérez Santana, 2014). However, these
prior works have focused on the study of single practices (e.g. performance quality
appraisal) (Bednall et al., 2014), have proposed these relationships from a
theoretical perspective (Hayton, 2005) or have analysed it from a macro
perspective (Prieto and Pérez-Santana, 2014).
Furthermore, results of study 1 (Chapter 4) highlight the relevant mediating role of
individual knowledge sharing behaviour in this relationship. Limited research has
analysed innovation from an HRM perspective. Previous studies (e.g. Collins and
Smith, 2006) analysed the relationship between HRM-KNSH-performance; others,
as the one of Kuvaas, Buch and Dysvik (2012) analysed the relationship between
training and individual knowledge sharing behaviour. However, existing literature
has not analysed the relationship HPWS-KNSH-IB at an individual level of
analysis.
In study 2 (Chapter 5), results provide evidence about the mediating role of
exploratory learning in the relationship between employee perceptions of HPWS
and IB, stressing the relevant role of exploratory learning for IB. This result is
aligned with prior specialised literature (e.g. Shipton, West, Dawson, Birdi, and
Patterson, 2006) where the existence of exploratory learning is a necessary
condition for IB to take place, and HPWS clearly stimulate the existence of
exploratory learning at the individual level. However in their study they did not
empirically test the main assumed relationship (HPWS-exploratory learning). In
High Performance Work Systems and employee innovative behaviour
191
this sense, our contribution to existing literature is the result obtained in this
second study, showing that exploratory learning acts as a mediating variable in the
HPWS-IB relationship..
Finally, results from study 3 (Chapter 6) show the relevant mediating role of work
engagement in the HPWS-IB relationship. Also, results of our study are in line
with previous research (e.g. Alfes, Shantz, Truss and Soane, 2013; Katou,
Budhwar and Patel, 2014) concerning the mediating role of work engagement in
the relationship between HPWS and positive individual and organisational
outcomes. However, in these studies they use other variables as outcome
(organisational citizenship behaviour or organisational performance) instead of IB.
Consequently, we show the relevance of WE also for encouraging innovation.
Authors as Ehrnrooth and Björkman (2012) found evidence of a significant direct
relationship between HRM Process, creativity and core job performance. We also
confirmed a direct relationship between Process, consistency and consensus and
IB. As Bowen and Ostroff (2004) pointed out, consistency and consensus are
distinct but interrelated concepts, so when individuals experience consistency in
HR practices, consensus is more likely to be fostered (p.212). These arguments
could explain why there is no evidence of the direct relationship of distinctiveness,
probably because the concept of distinctiveness (that means perceived legitimacy
of HPWS and relevance for organisational goals) leaves individuals with few
options about how to perform a task, thereby constraining rather than enhancing
IB.
Generally, through this Dissertation we contribute empirically by showing that
employee perceptions of HPWS matter, as they are relevant for engaging positive
employees’ outcomes. Therefore, this thesis contributes to literature empirically
showing that employee perceptions of HPWS are linked to employees’ IB, being
this relationship fostered by other attitudinal and behavioural aspects as individual
knowledge sharing behaviour, exploratory learning and work engagement.
Besides, the results obtained in Study 1 and 2 contribute to the literature on
learning and innovation micro-foundations, showing the relevance of employee
perceptions of HPWS for exploratory learning, knowledge sharing and IB.
Chapter 7
192
Following Guthrie (2012), there is a need for a greater contribution of HRM
perspective to the areas of knowledge creation and innovation management. In
study 1 and 2 of this dissertation, we put forward that the application of a HRM
perspective facilitates the understanding and effectiveness of exploratory learning
and individual knowledge sharing as antecedents of IB at an individual level.
7.3 ACADEMIC AND PRACTICAL IMPLICATIONS
From an academic perspective, the focus of this Dissertation considerably differs
from the traditional standpoint in the relevant literature. Particularly, our work
emphasises the individual level and focuses on analysing employee perceptions of
HPWS (Nishii, Lepak and Schneider, 2008; Wright and van de Voorde, 2007) and
their impact on IB. We also propose new attitudinal and knowledge-related
variables that act as mediating mechanisms through which this relationship occurs.
These variables are knowledge sharing, exploratory learning and work
engagement. On one hand, this Dissertation highlights that employee perceptions
of HPWS are relevant for stimulating employee attitudes and knowledge related
behaviours. On the other hand, for scholars studying IB our work could act as a
guide. We recommend (See: Guthrie, 2012) the joint consideration of different but
interrelated areas of knowledge (as we try to do in this study) including concepts
from HRM literature and other concepts from knowledge Management area for
better explain IB.
Likewise, practitioners may find in our work a guide to design their HRM policies
in a way that contribute to achieve strategic goals. The implementation of a set of
practices as training and development, promotion, participation, pay for
performance and job security will encourage positive employee behaviours that
enhance IB. As revealed by our research, employee perceptions of HPWS become
of utmost importance to facilitate the achievement of high levels of employee IB,
what is ultimately linked to innovation and organisational success. Besides, what
is also relevant is that managers should foster HRM to promote certain attitudes
and behaviours as work engagement, individual knowledge sharing and
exploratory learning, since these variables are the mean through which IB takes
place. That is, HR practices should facilitate training activities that help employees
High Performance Work Systems and employee innovative behaviour
193
to work in group (oriented to the development of abilities), systems to participate
in the decision making processes that take place in the firm, performance appraisal
systems that reinforce risk taking and knowledge sharing or rewards systems that
include team results. HR practices that will contribute to the creation of an open
communication climate, with shared values oriented to innovation should be
developed in order to foster innovation.
7.4 LIMITATIONS AND FUTURE RESEARCH
Despite the relevant contributions of this Dissertation, our studies are not free of
limitations. These limitations should be addressed in future studies. Firstly, this
study had a cross sectional design and used self-reports. However, some authors
(e.g. Arthur and Boyles, 2007; Minbaeva, 2013) highlighted the necessity of
conducting research on HPWS and learning at the individual level. To this respect
following Arthur and Boyles’ (2007) recommendations, the use of single-
informant designs is correct for measuring HR practices, as HPWS are
conceptualised as the shared or configurational properties of individual
experiences and perceptions (p.85). Besides, several authors recently suggested
that clarifying the micro-foundations of the relationship between HRM and
knowledge-related performance is a necessary condition for dealing with the
puzzle of aggregating from individual actions into collective-level outcomes (e.g.
Felin and Foss, 2005; Minbaeva, 2013). With regard to using self-reports for
measuring IB, recently, Prieto and Pérez Santana (2014) suggested that studies
analysing this kind of individual level variables should be developed and tested
considering as data source employee perceptions.
Respect to the samples used, for Study 1 and 2 is worth pointing out that
conducting the research within the same organisation may reduce common
methods bias. With regard to our recommendations for future studies we believe
that is necessary that further studies should add other practices to the HPWS to
give a better approximation to the real action of companies. Besides, other aspect
that could improve the knowledge regarding to this topic is related to the use of
other respondents as suggested above, including supervisor’s intention underlying
the development of HPWS and employee perceptions that should be measured and
Chapter 7
194
compared in an empirical work. To this respect, is important to study the
variability of between middle manager and employees or even variability in
employee perceptions among departments.
Hence, it is also needed research adding further variables. For example, constructs
related to contextual and group variables. Culture and climate could be
contemplated in the analysis of the relationship between employee perceptions of
HPWS and IB, as these variables may actually affect the working context of
employees as well as the implementation of HPWS. Besides, it is necessary to
include other attitudinal and behavioural variables (e.g. job satisfaction or
organisational citizenship behaviour) that could have an impact on IB. Moreover,
additional efforts should be done at the individual level, including other relevant
aspects related to knowledge management as absorptive capacity, knowledge
sharing between teams and with external actors.
Additionally, future research should also measure the effect of IB and its
antecedents on organisational innovation performance and on general
performance. This way we could assess the real effectiveness of IB on
organisational performance. Finally, research using longitudinal data is needed to
confirm the causality assumed in this research.
High Performance Work Systems and employee innovative behaviour
195
7.5 REFERENCES
Alfes, K., Shantz, A.D., Truss, C. and Soane, E.C. (2013). The link between
perceived human resource management practices, engagement and employee
behaviour: A moderated mediation model. International Journal of Human
Resource Management, 24:2, 330-351.
Arthur, J. B., and Boyles, T. (2007). Validating the human resource system
structure: A levels-based strategic HRM approach. Human Resource Management
Review, 17:1, 77-92.
Bednall T. C., Sanders K., and Runhaar P. (2014). ‘Stimulating Informal Learning
Activities through Perceptions of Performance Appraisal Quality and Human
Resource Management System Strength: A Two-Wave Study’ Academy of
Management Learning and Education, 13:1, 45- 61.
Beugeisdijk, S. (2008). Strategic human resource practices and product
innovation. Organization Studies, 29:6, 821-847.
Bowen, D.E. and Ostroff, C. (2004). Understanding HRM-firm performance
linkages: The role of the “Strength” of the HRM system. Academy of Management
Review, 29:2, 203-221.
Brockbank, W. (1999). If HR were really strategically proactive: Present and
future directions in HR’s contribution to competitive advantage. Human Resource
Management, 38:4, 337–352.
Collins, C. J., and Smith, K. G. (2006). ‘Knowledge exchange and combination:
The role of human resource practices in the performance of high-technology
firms” Academy of Management Journal, 49:3, 544-560.
Ehrnrooth, M. and Björkman, I. (2012). An integrative HRM process theorization:
Beyond signalling effects and mutual gains. Journal of Management Studies 49:6,
1109-1135.
Felin, T., and Foss, N. J. (2005). Strategic organization: A field in search of micro-
foundations. Strategic organization,3:4, 441.
Chapter 7
196
Guthrie, J. (2012). HRM, knowledge creation & innovation. Seminar Series on
Organizational Innovation, People Management and Sustained Performance.
Aston University, October.
Hayton, J. C. (2005). Promoting corporate entrepreneurship through HRM
practices: A review of empirical research. Human Resource Management Review,
15:1, 21-41.
Katou, A., Budhwar, P. and Patel, C. (2014) Content vs. Process in the HRM-
Performance relationship: An empirical examination. Human Resource
Management, 53:4, 527-544.
Kuvaas, B., Buch, R., and Dysvik, A. (2012). Perceived training intensity and
knowledge sharing: Sharing for intrinsic and prosocial reasons. Human Resource
Management, 51:2, 167-187.
Lau,C.‐M. and Ngo,H.‐Y. (2004). The HR system, organizational culture, and
product innovation. International Business Review, 13:6, 685-703.
Laursen, K. and Foss, N. J. (2003). New human resource management practices,
complementarities and the impact on innovation performance. Cambridge Journal
of Economics, 27:2, 243-263.
Looise, J.K. and van Riemsdijk, M. (2004). Innovating organisations and HRM: A
conceptual framework. Management Revue, 15:3, 277-287.
Minbaeva, D. B. (2013). Strategic HRM in building micro-foundations of
organizational knowledge-based performance. Human Resource Management
Review, 23:4, 378-390.
Nishii, L.H., Lepak, D.P. and Schneider, B. (2008). Employee attributions of the
“why” of HR practices: Their effects on employee attitudes and behaviors, and
customer satisfaction. Personnel Psychology, 61:3, 503-545.
OECD, UNDP (2014). African economic outlook. Retrieved from
htpp://www.africaneconomicoutlook.org;
http://www.africaneconomicoutlook.org/countries/;
http://www.africaneconomicoutlook.org/en/outlook/human_development/
High Performance Work Systems and employee innovative behaviour
197
Prieto, I., and Pérez-Santana, M.P. (2014). Managing innovative work behavior:
the role of human resource practices. Personnel Review, 43:2, 184-208.
Shipton, H., West, M. A., Dawson, J. F., Birdi, K., and Patterson, M. G. (2006).
HRM as a predictor of innovation. Human Resource Management Journal, 16:1,
3-27.
Wright, P., and van de Voorde, K. (2009). Multilevel issues in IHRM: mean
differences, explained variance, and moderated relationships. Handbook of
international human resource management: integrating people, process, and
context, 29-40.
High Performance Work Systems and employee innovative behaviour
198
High Performance Work Systems and employee innovative behaviour
199
SUMMARY
Introduction
Traditional Human Resource Management (HRM) literature has devoted
significant efforts on analysing the causal association between HRM practices and
organisational performance outcomes. HRM practices are considered the mean
through which companies can influence and shape employees’ skills and
behaviours, and thus achieve organisational goals (Collins and Smith, 2006; Chen
and Huang, 2009). Even though multiple empirical studies proved the positive
relationship between HRM and organisational performance, research on how and
why this relationship takes place is still scarce. To this respect several scholars
have called for more research analysing the mechanisms (the so called ‘HRM
black box’) through which HRM systems affect performance (e.g. Becker and
Huselid, 2006).
Recent research is trying to increase the knowledge on this assertion, which is,
analysing the mechanisms through which the relationship between HRM practices
and performance is produced. Therefore, recent research analysing the ‘HRM
black box’ focus on the analysis of employee perceptions of HRM practices
associated to individual performance outcomes, attitudes and behaviours (Snape
and Redman, 2010). However, these scarce limited studies have produced
divergent and inconclusive results (see: Alfes, Shantz, Truss, and Soane, 2013;
Kuvaas, 2008). Consequently, more research is needed to disentangle the
mechanisms through which HRM practices impact upon employees’ performance.
On the other hand, innovation performance is considered a relevant aspect for
companies’ effectiveness and survival. Besides, research has shown that individual
innovative performance enhances organisational innovation performance.
Individual innovative performance is referred within the behavioural perspective
as Innovative Behaviour (IB) (e.g. Scott and Bruce, 1994; Janssen, 2000; De Jong
and Den Hartog, 2007). Driven by the assumption that employees’ IB contributes
to work outcomes several authors have oriented their attention to organisational
and individual variables that potentially promote IB (e.g. Janssen, 2000; Janssen,
Summary
200
Van de Vliert and West, 2004; Mumford, Scott, Gaddis and Strange, 2002). We
argue that HRM practices could be considered as potential organisational variables
that could have an influence on IB.
Thus, our main goal is to study whether employee perceptions of HRM are linked
to individual IB, considering the latter as a kind of individual performance.
Besides, in the different studies developed in this Thesis, we analyse the role of
some attitudinal and behavioural mechanisms that could positively affect this
relationship. Particularly, we focus on employees work engagement, HRM
process, knowledge sharing and exploratory learning as relevant individual
mechanisms that could shed new lights in explaining HRM black box. Therefore,
the main contribution of this Dissertation lies on testing the relationship between
employee perceptions of HRM and IB as well as the impact of other attitudinal
and behavioural variables that may have an impact on this relationship.
Thesis Structure and Research Methodology
The structure employed in this dissertation is the following: in chapter 2 we
develop a general theoretical review of the main concepts. In chapter 3 we
describe the general details of the methodology used in this dissertation. The
following chapters (4, 5 and 6) contain three empirical studies, where we
established the specific theoretical models, its hypothesis and the empirical
analysis and conclusions for each study. To end up with in Chapter 7: a general
discussion on the findings of the studies is presented; theoretical and practical
implications of the research findings are developed; and, the chapter ends up with
the limitations as well as with some suggestions for further research.
The empirical part of this dissertation is based in two different projects. Chapter 4
and 5 are based on the first project. In these studies, the sample includes
knowledge intensive employees; specifically employees working in research
institutes and Faculties of the University of Valencia. On the other hand, Chapter 6
is based on an International Project result of research collaboration with
Nottingham Trent University, specifically with Nottingham Business School,
which allowed the access to a less common sample referred to employees working
in four companies located in Nigeria and Tanzania.
High Performance Work Systems and employee innovative behaviour
201
For testing the hypothesis of the three studies that shape this dissertation, different
statistical techniques had been used. In chapter 4 and 5 we use Structural
equations modelling and, in chapter 6 we test our model using multiple regression
analysis.
Conclusions
Generally, through this Dissertation we contribute empirically showing that
employee perceptions of HRM practices matter, as they are relevant for engaging
positive employees’ outcomes. Therefore, the results of our research contributes to
the literature empirically showing that employee perceptions of HPWS are linked
to employees’ IB, being this relationship indirectly explained by other attitudinal
and behavioural aspects as individual knowledge sharing behaviour, exploratory
learning and work engagement.
From an academic side, the main approach of this Dissertation considerably
differs from the traditional standpoint in the relevant literature. Principally, our
work gives emphasis to the individual level and focuses on analysing employee
perceptions of HRM practices (Nishii, Lepak and Schneider, 2008; Wright and
van de Voorde, 2007) and their impact on IB. We also propose the mediating role
of knowledge sharing, exploratory learning and work engagement in this link.
Likewise, practitioners may find in our work a guide to design their HRM policies
in a way that contribute to achieve strategic goals. As revealed by our research,
employee perceptions of HRM practices become of utmost importance to facilitate
the achievement of high levels of employee IB, what is ultimately linked to
innovation and organisational success. Besides, what is also relevant is that
managers should foster HRM that promote certain attitudes and behaviours as
work engagement, individual knowledge sharing behaviour and exploratory
learning as these variables are the mean through which IB take place.
Summary
202
High Performance Work Systems and employee innovative behaviour
203
RESUMEN
La literatura tradicional sobre los Recursos Humanos (RH), ha dedicado
importantes esfuerzos a analizar la relación entre las prácticas de RH y los
resultados organizativos. Las prácticas de RH se consideran el medio a través del
cual las empresas pueden influir en las habilidades y comportamientos de los
empleados, y así lograr los objetivos organizativos (Collins y Smith, 2006; Chen y
Huang, 2009). Varios estudios empíricos han demostrado la existencia de la
relación positiva entre la gestión de los RH y el desempeño organizativo. Sin
embargo, la investigación sobre cómo y por qué esta relación se produce es
todavía escasa. En esta línea, varios autores han destacado la necesidad de generar
más investigaciones centradas en analizar los mecanismos ('caja negra de los RH’)
a través de los cuales los sistemas de RH influyen en el rendimiento (p. ej. Becker
y Huselid, 2006).
En este sentido, estudios recientes están tratando de aumentar el conocimiento
sobre el análisis de los mecanismos a través de los cuales se produce la relación
entre las prácticas de RH y el rendimiento organizativo. Estas recientes
investigaciones se centran en analizar las percepciones de los empleados sobre las
prácticas de HR y sus efectos sobre los distintos resultados de desempeño,
actitudes y comportamientos (Snape y Redman, 2010). No obstante, estos estudios
son limitados y han producido resultados divergentes e inconcluyentes (ver: Alfes,
Shantz, Truss y Soane, 2013; Kuvaas, 2008). En consecuencia, se necesita más
investigación para dilucidar los mecanismos mediante los cuales las prácticas de
RH inciden sobre el rendimiento de los empleados.
Por otra parte, los resultados de innovación se consideran un aspecto relevante
para la eficacia y la supervivencia de las empresas. Además, diversos estudios han
demostrado que la innovación organizativa viene impulsada por el
comportamiento innovador (CI) de los individuos (p. ej: Scott y Bruce, 1994;
Janssen, 2000; De Jong y Den Hartog, 2007). Considerando que el CI impulsa los
resultados de innovación, diversos autores han centrado su atención en estudiar
qué variables organizativas e individuales potencialmente promueven CI (p. ej:
Summary
204
Janssen, 2000; Janssen, Van de Vliert y West, 2004; Mumford, Scott, Gaddis y
Strange, 2.002). En esta tesis consideramos que las prácticas de RH podrían ser
consideradas como potenciales variables organizativas que podrían tener una
influencia en el CI de los empleados.
Nuestro principal objetivo es analizar si las percepciones de las prácticas de RH de
los empleados están vinculadas al CI del individuo, considerando este último
como un tipo de rendimiento individual. Además, en los diferentes estudios
desarrollados en la tesis, se analiza el papel de algunos mecanismos actitudinales y
de comportamiento que pueden afectar positivamente a esta relación. En
particular, nos centramos en el compromiso de los empleados, el proceso de
implementación de los sistemas de HR, el intercambio de conocimientos y el
aprendizaje exploratorio como mecanismos individuales relevantes que podrían
arrojar nuevas luces en la explicación de la caja negra de los RH. Por lo tanto, la
principal aportación de esta tesis radica en probar empíricamente la relación entre
las percepciones de los empleados sobre las prácticas de RH y su CI, así como el
impacto de otras variables actitudinales y de comportamiento que pueden tener un
impacto en esta relación.
Estructura Tesis y Metodología de la Investigación
La estructura empleada en esta tesis es la siguiente: en el capítulo 2 se desarrolla
un marco teórico general de los principales conceptos y teorías. En el capítulo 3 se
describen los detalles generales de la metodología utilizada en esta tesis. En los
capítulos siguientes (4, 5 y 6) se desarrollan tres estudios empíricos, donde se
establecen los modelos teóricos específicos, sus hipótesis, el análisis empírico y
las conclusiones de cada estudio. Para terminar, en el capítulo 7 se desarrolla una
discusión general de los principales resultados; las implicaciones teóricas y
prácticas de los resultados de las investigaciones; y, el capítulo termina con las
limitaciones, así como con algunas sugerencias para futuras líneas de
investigación.
La parte empírica de esta tesis se basa en dos proyectos diferentes. Capítulo 4 y 5
se basan en el primer proyecto. En estos estudios, la muestra incluye empleados
intensivos en conocimiento; específicamente a los empleados que trabajan en
High Performance Work Systems and employee innovative behaviour
205
centros de investigación y en facultades de la Universidad de Valencia. Por otra
parte, el capítulo 6 se basa en un resultado del Proyecto Internacional de
investigación en colaboración con la Universidad de Nottingham Trent,
específicamente con Nottingham Business School, que permitió el acceso a una
muestra menos común. La muestra recoge empleados que trabajan en cuatro
empresas ubicadas en Nigeria y Tanzania.
Para testar las hipótesis de los tres estudios que dan forma a esta tesis, se han
utilizado diferentes técnicas estadísticas. En el capítulo 4 y 5 usamos ecuaciones
estructurales y, en el capítulo 6 analizamos nuestro modelo mediante análisis de
regresión múltiple.
Conclusiones
A través de esta tesis contribuimos a la literatura mostrando empíricamente que las
percepciones de los empleados sobre las prácticas de RH importan y son
relevantes para la obtención de resultados positivos por parte de los empleados.
Por lo tanto, nuestra investigación contribuye a la literatura que muestra
empíricamente que las percepciones de los empleados de las prácticas de RH están
vinculadas al CI empleados, siendo esta relación indirectamente explicada por
otras variables actitudinales y de comportamiento como intercambio de
conocimiento, el aprendizaje exploratorio y el compromiso.
Desde un punto de vista académico, el enfoque principal de esta tesis se diferencia
considerablemente del punto de vista tradicional. Principalmente, nuestro trabajo
da énfasis al nivel individual y se centra en el análisis de las percepciones de los
empleados de las prácticas de RH (Nishii, Lepak y Schneider, 2008; Wright y van
de Voorde, 2007) y su impacto en el CI. También proponemos el papel mediador
del intercambio de conocimientos, el aprendizaje exploratorio y el compromiso en
esta relación. Del mismo modo, los profesionales pueden encontrar en nuestro
trabajo una guía para diseñar sus políticas de gestión de RH que les permita
alcanzar sus objetivos estratégicos. Según lo revelado por nuestra investigación,
las percepciones de los empleados sobre las prácticas de RH son de suma
importancia para facilitar el logro de altos niveles CI de estos empleados, lo que
en última instancia lleva a la innovación organizativa y el éxito de la organización.
Summary
206
Además, también es relevante que los gerentes fomenten ciertas prácticas de RH
para promover actitudes y comportamientos deseados como el compromiso, el
intercambio de conocimiento y el aprendizaje exploratorio, ya que estas variables
son la media a través del cual el CI tiene lugar.
High Performance Work Systems and employee innovative behaviour
207
References
Alfes, K., Shantz, A. D., Truss, C., and Soane, E. C. (2013). The link between
perceived human resource management practices, engagement and employee
behaviour: A moderated mediation model. International Journal of Human
Resource Management, 24:2, 330-351.
Becker, B. E., and Huselid, M. A. (2006). Strategic human resources management:
where do we go from here? Journal of Management, 32:6, 898-925.
Collins, C. J., and Smith, K. G. (2006). Knowledge exchange and combination:
The role of human resource practices in the performance of high-technology firms.
Academy of Management Journal, 49:3, 544-560.
Chen, C. J., and Huang, J. W. (2009). Strategic human resource practices and
innovation performance—The mediating role of knowledge management capacity.
Journal of Business Research, 62:1, 104-114.
Kuvaas, B. (2008). An exploration of how the employee–organization relationship
affects the linkage between perception of developmental human resource practices
and employee outcomes. Journal of Management Studies, 45:1, 1-25.
Nishii, L. H., Lepak, D. P., and Schneider, B. (2008). Employee attributions of the
“Why” of HR practices: Their effects on employee attitudes and behaviors, and
customer satisfaction. Personnel Psychology, 61:3, 503-545.
Scott, S. G., and Bruce, R. A. (1994). Determinants of innovative behavior: A path
model of individual innovation in the workplace. Academy of Management
Journal, 37:3, 580-607.
Janssen, O. (2000). Job demands, perceptions of effort‐reward fairness and
innovative work behaviour. Journal of Occupational and organizational
psychology, 73:3, 287-302.
Janssen, O., van de Vliert, E. and West, M. (2004). The bright and dark sides of
individual and group innovation: A special Issue introduction. Journal of
Organizational Behavior, 25:2, 129-145.
Summary
208
Mumford, M.D., Scott, G.M., Gaddis, B. and Strange, J.M. (2002). Leading
creative people: Orchestrating expertise and relationships. The Leadership
Quarterly, 13:6, 705-750.
Wright, P., and van de Voorde, K. (2009). Multilevel issues in IHRM: mean
differences, explained variance, and moderated relationships. Handbook of
international human resource management: integrating people, process, and
context, 29-40.
De Jong, J. P., and Den Hartog, D. N. (2007). How leaders influence employees'
innovative behaviour. European Journal of innovation management, 10:1, 41-64.
Snape, E., and Redman, T. (2010). HRM practices, organizational citizenship
behaviour, and performance: A multi‐level analysis. Journal of Management
Studies, 47:7, 1219-1247.
Appendices
209
APPENDICES
High Performance work systems and employee innovative behaviour
210
Appendices
211
APPENDIX 1: CONTACT EMAIL
Estimad@ compañer@,
Mi nombre es Naiara Escribá, soy Personal Investigador en Formación en el
departamento de Dirección de Empresas. Actualmente estoy realizando mi Tesis
Doctoral dirigida por los Profesores Mª Teresa Canet y Francisco Balbastre. La
temática de mi tesis consiste en analizar cuáles son los determinantes de ciertos
comportamientos o actitudes del Personal Docente investigador. Básicamente trato
de analizar qué acciones de Recursos Humanos, tales como la formación y
desarrollo, participación, promoción, entre otras, afectan a la transferencia de
conocimiento, a la capacidad de aprendizaje exploratorio y al comportamiento
innovador del PDI.
A través de este mail solicito su colaboración respondiendo al cuestionario a
través del link que se encuentra más abajo. Considerando las cuestiones
relacionadas con la protección de datos, se garantiza el anonimato (ver informe
adjunto) y confidencialidad de las respuestas. Además, los datos obtenidos van a
ser tratados de forma agregada, exclusivamente por el equipo de investigación por
lo que se garantiza su uso únicamente con fines investigadores. La encuesta se ha
realizado a través de una herramienta libre, en principio no requiere del registro de
Gmail, pero en el caso de que se solicitara se ha creado un usuario y contraseña
ficticia para asegurar el anonimato.
http://goo.gl/forms/SjvIRhNQEB
Ususario: cuestionariopdi
Contraseña: pdiuv2014
Como resultado del estudio, se ofrecerá a la comunidad Académica un informe
con los principales resultados obtenidos por el estudio.
Muchas gracias de antemano.
Naiara Escribá Carda
Personal Investigador en Formación
Departamento de Dirección de Empresas
Facultad de Economía
Ext: 83354
High Performance work systems and employee innovative behaviour
212
Appendices
213
APPENDIX 2: DATA PROTECTION
High Performance work systems and employee innovative behaviour
214
Appendices
215
APPENDIX 3: QUESTIONNAIRE
Prácticas de RRHH y sus efectos sobre el comportamiento
Por favor, conteste a todas las cuestiones. Las respuestas son estrictamente
confidenciales y la información que nos suministre permanecerá en el anonimato.
Las respuestas de los cuestionarios sólo serán analizadas por el equipo de
investigación. Para resolver cualquier duda o ampliar cualquier tipo de
información relacionada con el contenido del estudio o de la información
contenida en este documento le atenderemos a través del correo electrónico:
Le agradecemos de antemano su participación en este estudio.
Para responder a este cuestionario, lea con atención las diferentes cuestiones y
marque la opción que considere más oportuna. En cada bloque se presentan una
serie de afirmaciones para las que deberá indicar su grado de acuerdo o
desacuerdo en una escala de 1 al 7, teniendo en cuenta que 1 = muy en desacuerdo
(no se corresponde en ningún modo con su percepción) y 7 = muy de acuerdo (se
corresponde totalmente con su percepción):
High Performance work systems and employee innovative behaviour
216
Appendices
217
RECURSOS HUMANOS
En este apartado se presentan una serie de afirmaciones relativas a las Prácticas de
Recursos Humanos que su organización aplica. Dadas las peculiaridades de las
Universidades y centros de investigación, algunas de estas prácticas pueden no verse
explícitamente reflejadas. En diferentes preguntas del cuestionario se han hecho
aclaraciones al respecto a través de ejemplos. Por favor, indique su grado de acuerdo
/desacuerdo con las mismas:
Valore los siguientes conceptos entre 1 y 7.
1 2 3 4 5 6 7
1.- La organización me brinda la oportunidad de mejorar mis
habilidades a través de programas de formación(p.ej. Cursos
del Servicio de Formación Permanente, u organizados por el
Departamento)
2.-Tengo suficiente formación relacionada con mi trabajo
3.- Recibo formación continuada que me permite desempeñar
mejor mi trabajo
4.- Las Prácticas de Recursos Humanos en esta organización
me ayudan mucho a desarrollar mi conocimiento y mis
habilidades(Formación, sistemas de evaluación del
rendimiento como el sexenio)
5.- Esta organización prefiere la promoción interna
6.- Esta organización siempre intenta cubrir vacantes con
promoción interna
7.- Los empleados de esta organización reciben información
sobre ofertas de vacantes internas antes que se acuda al
mercado para contratar
8.-En mi trabajo se me permite tomar decisiones relacionadas
con mi tarea por mí mismo
9.- Se me da la oportunidad real de sugerir mejoras en la
forma de hacer las cosas
10.- Los supervisores mantienen una comunicación abierta
conmigo en el trabajo (supervisor referido al director de
proyecto, coordinador de la asignatura o máster, director del
departamento…)
11.- A menudo se me pide que participe en las decisiones
relacionadas con mi puesto de trabajo
High Performance work systems and employee innovative behaviour
218
12.- Hay un fuerte vínculo entre el rendimiento de mi equipo y
la probabilidad de recibir reconocimiento y elogios
13.- Hay un fuerte vínculo entre lo bien que realizo mi trabajo
y la probabilidad de recibir un aumento de sueldo
14.- Hay un fuerte vínculo entre lo bien que realizo en mi
trabajo y la probabilidad de recibir buenas calificaciones de
evaluación del rendimiento (trabajo docente, y su relación con
la evaluación de los alumnos y los quinquenios de docencia;
trabajo de investigación y su relación con la memoria de
investigación y los sexenios)
15.- Hay un fuerte vínculo entre el rendimiento de mi equipo y
la probabilidad de recibir un aumento de sueldo
(Complementos específicos)
16.- Empleados como yo pueden tener la esperanza de
permanecer en esta empresa tanto tiempo como lo deseen
17.- En mi organización la seguridad en el empleo está casi
garantizada a los empleados como yo
Indique las Prácticas de Recursos Humanos que son aplicadas en su organización. Seleccione
tantas opciones como considere adecuado.
18. Formación y desarrollo 23.- Bonos e incentivos
19. Evaluación del Rendimiento 24. Reclutamiento y selección
20.- Desarrollo de carrera profesional 25.- Trabajo en equipo
21. Comunicación 26.- Seguridad en el trabajo
22.- Participación en la toma de
decisiones
27.- Relaciones con los sindicatos
28. Otras
________________________________________________________________________
________
Por favor, indique su grado de acuerdo o de desacuerdo con cada una de las siguientes
afirmaciones. El investigador que responde puede encontrar paralelismos entre políticas
como la evaluación del rendimiento y la evaluación de docencia e investigación. El
Appendices
219
desarrollo de carrera está relacionado con la posibilidad de cambiar de plaza en función
del mérito y las acreditaciones obtenidas. El reclutamiento y selección es lo más
específico para las universidades: se basa principalmente en concurso de méritos y prima
el reclutamiento interno. El trabajo en equipo se vincula tanto al trabajo en las asignaturas
(docente) como al trabajo en los proyectos de investigación.
1 2 3 4 5 6 7
29.- Las Prácticas de Recursos Humanos son bien conocidas
por todo el mundo en mi organización
30.- Las Prácticas de Recursos Humanos son claras en mi
organización
31.- El departamento de recursos humanos contribuye a la
definición de la estrategia de mi organización
32.- Las prácticas de Recursos Humanos en mi organización
contribuyen a su competitividad
33.- Las prácticas de Recursos Humanos en mi organización
contribuyen a que los empleados estén altamente cualificados
34.- Creo que los criterios utilizados para la evaluación del
rendimiento de esta organización reflejan lo que los empleados
hacen en su trabajo
35.- Los objetivos de las prácticas de Recursos Humanos en mi
organización son coherentes entre sí
36.- Los directivos de mi organización están de acuerdo sobre
la forma de afrontar las directrices del Departamento de
Recursos Humanos
37.- Los supervisores se esfuerzan en tratar al personal
justamente
38.- Las Prácticas de Recursos Humanos contribuyen a
mejorar el resultado de la organización
39.- En mi organización las habilidades y competencias
adquiridas a través de la formación se aplican al trabajo que
desarrollamos
40.- Las Prácticas de Recursos Humanos se complementan
entre sí y contribuyen a alcanzar los objetivos organizativos
High Performance work systems and employee innovative behaviour
220
41.- Las Prácticas de Recursos Humanos se aplican de manera
uniforme en todos los departamentos de mi organización
42.- En mi organización, las recompensas se dan al que
realmente lo merece
43.- Las Prácticas de Recursos Humanos se aplican de
manera coherente a través del tiempo
COMPORTAMIENTOS
A continuación se presentan una serie de afirmaciones relativas a la percepción que usted
tiene sobre su comportamiento innovador y apoyo del supervisor (por ejemplo, el director
del proyecto en un equipo de investigación, o el director de departamento en el ámbito de
la docencia). Por favor, indique su grado de acuerdo o de desacuerdo con cada una de las
siguientes afirmaciones.
1 2 3 4 5 6 7
44.- Investigo nuevas tecnologías, procesos, técnicas y/o ideas
de producto
45.- Genero ideas creativas
46.- Promociono y alabo ideas de otros
47.- Investigo y obtengo fondos necesarios para implementar
nuevas ideas
48.- Desarrollo planes y programas para la implementación de
nuevas ideas
49.- Soy innovador
50.- Mi supervisor se preocupa por mis opiniones
51.- Mi supervisor en el trabajo realmente se preocupa por mi
bienestar
52.- Mi supervisor muestra muy poco interés por mí
53.- Mi supervisor considera en gran medida mis metas y
valores
Los siguientes ítems miden su compromiso con la organización y su voluntad de permanecer
en ella.
1 2 3 4 5 6 7
Appendices
221
54.- Casi todos los días estoy entusiasmado con mi trabajo
55.- En mi trabajo, me siento lleno de energía
56.- Estoy entusiasmado con mi trabajo
57.- Encuentro placer en mi trabajo
58.- Estoy metido de lleno en mi trabajo
59.- En mi trabajo, me siento fuerte y vigoroso/a
60.- En general estoy satisfecho con mi trabajo
61.- Me dejo llevar cuando estoy trabajando
62.- Mi trabajo me inspira
63.- Cuando me levanto por la mañana, tengo ganas de ir a
trabajar
64.- Me siento feliz cuando estoy trabajando intensamente
65.- No siento un fuerte sentimiento de "pertenencia" a mi
organización
66.- No me siento 'emocionalmente ligado' a mi organización
67.- No me siento como "parte de la familia" en mi
organización
68.- Esta organización tiene un gran significado personal para
mí
69.- Estoy orgulloso del trabajo que hago
Estos ítems miden aspectos relacionados con el intercambio de conocimiento y
aprendizaje exploratorio. Por favor, indique su grado de acuerdo o de desacuerdo con
cada una de las siguientes afirmaciones. (Por compañeros se entiende el grupo de trabajo
más cercano)
1 2 3 4 5 6 7
70.- Me gusta que se me mantenga plenamente informado de lo
que mis compañeros saben
71.- Cuando necesito un cierto conocimiento, les pregunto a
High Performance work systems and employee innovative behaviour
222
mis compañeros al respecto
72.- Informo regularmente a mis compañeros sobre lo que
estoy trabajando
73.- Cuando he aprendido algo nuevo, me aseguro de que mis
compañeros lo aprendan también
74.- Comparto información que he adquirido con mis
compañeros.
75.- Les pregunto a mis compañeros sobre sus habilidades
cuando quiero aprender determinadas habilidades
76.- Creo que es importante que mis compañeros sean
conscientes de aquello en lo que estoy trabajando.
77.- Cuando un compañero es bueno en algo, le pido a él / ella
que me enseñe
78.- Soy capaz de romper con los esquemas mentales
tradicionales y ver las cosas de forma nueva y diferente
79.- Aprendo de nuestros clientes, proveedores, y/u otros
compañeros
80.- Constantemente me comparo con otros para aprender
buenas prácticas
81.- Dispongo de procesos para adquirir información
relevante de fuera de mi empresa
82.- Creo nuevo conocimiento derivado del existente
83.- Estoy preparado para replantear decisiones cuando
aparece información nueva y relevante
86.- Trato de comprender en profundidad temas/cuestiones y
conceptos
87.- Me atrevo a cuestionar las cosas que no entiendo
88.- No sólo estoy interesado en saber que hacer sino también
en por qué hacerlo
Appendices
223
INFORMACIÓN SOBRE EL EMPLEADO/A
Sexo: Hombre Mujer Años en la Universidad: ______
Posición: PDI Nivel de
Estudios:
Doctorado
PIF Máster
Prof. Asociado Licenciatura
Diplomatura
Facultad: ________________________
Departamento:____________________
¿Pertenece a algún Instituto de Investigación?
_____
En caso afirmativo indique
cual__________________
¡MUCHAS GRACIAS POR SU COLABORACIÓN!
Si desea recibir los resultados del estudio indíquenos un correo electrónico y
persona de contacto.
High Performance work systems and employee innovative behaviour
224